Armstrong World Industries Hwc Premier 183 Users Manual TOC
182 to the manual 11ca98e2-2b6c-40ed-8ab5-fac81924aa7b
2015-02-04
: Armstrong-World-Industries Armstrong-World-Industries-Hwc-Premier-183-Users-Manual-362178 armstrong-world-industries-hwc-premier-183-users-manual-362178 armstrong-world-industries pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 196
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Service Reference Manual HWC Thru-the-Wall Units Models: HWC Premier 122, 182, 242, 302 123, 183, 243, 303 Copyright © 1998 Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc. All rights reserved. Disclaimer This manual presents information and guidelines for proper installation, adjustment, operation and maintenance of Armstrong Magic-Pak HW/HWC Thru-the-Wall units. Read this manual before attempting assembly, installation, start-up, adjustment or operation of the unit. If you have any questions about the operation of the unit or a particular safety device, call or write Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc., 421 Monroe Street, Bellevue, Ohio USA 44811. Telephone: 419483-4840 Fax: 419-483-3557 The documentation and drawings contained in this manual are intended as a general guide, and may not reflect exactly the current designs, or all of the options available to our customers. Please call or write Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc. regarding specific details of a particular furnace model, configuration or installation. The information and specifications contained in this manual are subject to change without notice. Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc. reserves the right to change such specifications at any time without incurring obligation. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this manual. For the most current information, please contact the Armstrong Customer Service Department. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 This document is confidential. All information within is the sole property of Armstrong Air Conditioning Inc. and is loaned for mutual assistance. It may not be used for any purpose other than originally intended, without prior written consent of Armstrong. It is not intended for use by homeowners or as a guide for do-it-yourself projects. It provides specialized information for use by qualified service personnel, who have the proper equipment, training and experience necessary to safely install, repair, adjust and maintain the Magic-Pak units and components described within. Service Reference Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 - Specifications 2 - Sequence of Operations 3 - Unit Tear Down 4 - Component Location Illustrations 5 - Unit Components 6 - Installation 7 - Accessories 8 - Parts Lists SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 9 - Troubleshooting/Performance/ Charge Weights Go to: If you need information on: Section 1 Performance, electrical data and cabinet dimensions. Section 2 Sequence of operation descriptions with accompanying schematics. Section 3 Complete description of unit disassembly. Section 4 Locations of major components of HW/HWC models. Section 5 Illustrations and specifications for individual components including valves, blowers, ignition controls and blower control boards. Section 6 Installation requirements and startup guidelines. Section 7 Complete listing of all Armstrong accessories available, including wall sleeves, louvers and gas conversion kits. Section 8 Complete service parts lists for all HW and HWC models. Section 9 System check and troubleshooting procedures. Service Reference Manual SPECIFICATIONS 1-1 Section 1 - Specifications Models Covered By This Manual ............ 1-2 Model Number Guide ............................ 1-2 Product Serial Numbers (Beginning 1993) ................................. 1-2 Summary of Model Revisions/Variations 1-3 Heating Configuration Table ........................ 1-3 Cooling Configuration Table ......................... 1-3 HW/HWC ............................................ 1-4 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Physical and Electrical ................................ Performance Ratings .................................. Blower Performance ................................... Dimensions ................................................ Wall Sleeve ................................................ 1-4 1-4 1-6 1-6 1-7 SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 1-2 Models Covered By This Manual HWC Gas Heating/Electric Cooling Units HW122, 123 HW182,183 HW242, 243 HW302, 303 HW Gas Heating Only Units 26HW 38HW 51HW 64HW Model Number Guide HW/HWC Models 26 H W C 12 2 -- 2A 26 = Rated Input BTU/Hr x 1000 H = Gas Heat W = Thru-the-Wall C = Cooling 12 = Nominal Cooling BTU/Hr x 1000 2 = Cooling Efficiency 2 - 9.7 SEER 2A = Revision Code Product Serial Numbers, Beginning 1993 84 95 A 12345 84 = Armstrong Factory Number 95 = Year (ex: 1995) A = Month (see list below) 12345 = Sequential Number B = Feb C = Mar D = Apr E = May F = June G = July H = Aug J = Sept K = Oct L = Nov M = Dec SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 A = Jan Service Reference Manual SPECIFICATIONS 1-3 Summary of Model Revisions/Variations Table 1-1 Heating Configurations of HW/HWC Units Model Configuration AFUE Ignition/Blower Control Ignition Type (All) HWC (123, 183, 243, 303) -1 Gas Heat/ Electric Cool 80 UTech Combination Ignition/Blower Control 1097 DSI (All) HW -9 Gas Heat Only 80 UTech Combination Ignition/Blower Control 1097 DSI (All) HWC (122, 182, 242, 302) -11, -10, -9, -8, -7, -6, -5 Gas Heat/ Electric Cool 80 Ignition Control: Fenwal Triton 2461D Blower Control: Heatcraft IBCH4C401, Tridelta 920B0048 or UTech 1010 DSI (All) HWC (122, 182, 242, 302) -4, -3, -2, -1 Gas Heat/ Electric Cool 80 Ignition Control: Fenwal 05-29 Blower Control: Heatcraft IBCH4C401, Tridelta 920B0048 or UTech 1010 DSI Table 1-2 Cooling Configurations of HWC Units Model Configuration Tonnage SEER Compressor Type* Metering Device (All) HWC 123-1 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 1 9.7 Tecumseh Rotary Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC183-1 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 1.5 9.7 Tecumseh Reciprocating Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC 243-1 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 2 9.7 Copeland Scroll Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC 303-1 Gas HeatElectric Cool 2.5 9.7 Copeland Scroll Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC 182-11, 9, -7, -6 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 1.5 9.7 Tecumseh Reciprocating Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC 242-11, -9 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 2 9.7 Copeland Scroll Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC 122-10, 8, -5, -4, -3, -1 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 1 9.7 Tecumseh Rotary Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC 242-10, 8, -5, -4, -3, -1 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 2 9.7 Copeland Scroll Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC 302-9 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 2.5 9.5 Copeland Scroll Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC 182-8, -5, -4, -3, -2 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 1.5 9.7 Tecumseh Rotary Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC 302-8, -5, -4, -3, -1 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 2.5 9.5 Copeland Scroll Capillary Tube/Filter Drier (All) HWC 182-1 Gas Heat/Electric Cool 1.5 9.5 Copeland Scroll Capillary Tube/Filter Drier SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 * For more information on the compressors used in HWC units, see the Unit Components section, beginning on page 5-28. SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 1-4 HW/HWC Physical and Electrical Table 1-3 Physical and Electrical Specifications - HWC Units Model Voltage/ Hz/Phase Normal Voltage Range Min. Circuit Ampacity Max. Fuse/HACR Brkr. (amps) Comp. Rated Load (amps) Comp. Locked Rotor (amps) O.D. Fan Dia. (in.) Nom. RPM Outside Fan Rated Load (amps) Rated HP Indoor Wheel dia. x width (in.) Blower Rated HP Refrig. Charge (oz.) Weight (lbs.) 26HWC122/123 208-230/60/1 197-253 8.3 15 5.0 26.3 18 1075 0.9 1/8 10 X 4 1/6 42 325 38HWC122/123 208-230/60/1 197-253 8.3 15 5.0 26.3 18 1075 0.9 1/8 10 X 4 1/6 42 325 38HWC182/183 208-230/60/1 197-253 13.6 20 8.3 45.0 18 1075 0.9 1/8 10 X 4 1/3 56 350 51HWC182/183 208-230/60/1 197-253 13.6 20 8.3 45.0 18 1075 0.9 1/8 10 X 4 1/3 56 350 64HWC182/183 208-230/60/1 197-253 13.6 20 8.3 45.0 18 1075 0.9 1/8 10 X 4 1/3 56 350 36HWC242/243 208-230/60/1 197-253 18.6 25 11.6 62.5 18 1075 1.8 1/4 10 X 4 1/3 58 360 51HWC242/243 208-230/60/1 197-253 18.6 25 11.6 62.5 18 1075 1.8 1/4 10 X 4 1/3 58 360 64HWC242/243 208-230/60/1 197-253 18.6 25 11.6 62.5 18 1075 1.8 1/4 10 X 4 1/3 58 360 51HWC302 208-230/60/1 197-253 22.4 30 14.6 76.0 18 1075 1.8 1/4 10 X 4 1/3 59 380 64HWC302 208-230/60/1 197-253 22.4 30 14.6 76.0 18 1075 1.8 1/4 10 X 4 1/3 59 380 51HWC303 208-230/60/1 197-253 21.9 30 14.1 73.0 18 1075 1.8 1/4 10 X 4 1/3 59 380 64HWC303 208-230/60/1 197-253 21.9 30 14.1 73.0 18 1075 1.8 1/4 10 X 4 1/3 59 380 Performance Ratings Table 1-4 Performance Ratings - HWC122/123 Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil 95° 85° Enter. Wet Bulb 63° 67° 71° 105° 115° Total Air Vol. (CFM) Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb 400 12600 820 .78 .92 1.00 12000 910 .80 .95 1.00 11400 1000 .82 .95 1.00 10800 1090 .85 1.00 1.00 450 12800 820 .82 .97 1.00 12200 910 .85 1.00 1.00 11600 1000 .87 1.00 1.00 11000 1090 .90 1.00 1.00 500 13100 820 .87 1.00 1.00 12400 910 .90 1.00 1.00 11800 1000 .92 1.00 1.00 11200 1090 .95 1.00 1.00 400 13400 820 .59 .74 .89 12700 910 .60 .76 .91 12100 1010 .62 .79 1.00 11500 1110 .63 .81 .96 450 13600 820 .62 .78 .94 12900 910 .64 .80 .97 12300 1010 .65 .83 1.00 11700 1110 .67 .86 1.00 500 13900 820 .65 .82 .99 13200 910 .67 .84 1.00 12600 1010 .69 .88 1.00 11900 1110 .70 .91 1.00 400 14200 830 .40 .56 .72 13500 920 .40 .57 .74 12800 1020 .41 .58 .76 12100 1120 .41 .59 .78 450 14400 830 .42 .59 .76 13700 920 .42 .60 .78 13000 1020 .43 .62 .80 12300 1120 .43 .63 .82 500 14700 830 .44 .62 .80 14000 920 .44 .63 .82 13300 1020 .45 .65 .84 12600 1120 .45 .66 .87 Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual SPECIFICATIONS 1-5 Performance Ratings (continued) Table 1-5 Performance Ratings - HWC182/183 Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil 95° 85° Enter. Wet Bulb 63° 67° 71° Total Air Vol. (CFM) Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) 550 18400 Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) 1370 .75 .90 1.00 17100 105° Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) 1470 .78 .92 1.00 15700 115° Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb 1550 .82 .96 1.00 14400 1640 .86 .96 1.00 600 18700 1380 .78 .93 1.00 17400 1480 .81 .96 1.00 16000 1560 .85 1.00 1.00 14600 1650 .89 1.00 1.00 650 18900 1390 .81 .96 1.00 17600 1490 .84 .99 1.00 16200 1570 .88 1.00 1.00 14800 1660 .92 1.00 1.00 550 19800 1410 .58 .72 .87 18500 1510 .59 .74 .89 17100 1600 .62 .78 .94 15600 1700 .64 .80 .96 600 20100 1420 .60 .75 .90 18800 1520 .62 .77 .93 17400 1610 .64 .81 .98 15900 1710 .66 .83 1.00 650 20400 1430 .62 .78 .93 19000 1530 .64 .80 .96 17600 1620 .66 .84 1.00 16100 1720 .68 .86 1.00 550 21200 1450 .40 .55 .69 19700 1550 .40 .56 .72 18300 1650 .41 .58 .75 16700 1750 .41 .60 .78 600 21500 1460 .42 .57 .72 20000 1560 .42 .59 .75 18600 1660 .43 .61 .78 17000 1760 .43 .62 .81 650 21800 1470 .43 .59 .74 20300 1570 .43 .60 .78 18800 1670 .44 .63 .81 17200 1770 .44 .64 .84 Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction. Table 1-6 Performance Ratings - HWC242/243 Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil 95° 85° Enter. Wet Bulb 63° 67° 71° Total Air Vol. (CFM) Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb 105° S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) 115° Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb 700 24300 1870 .74 .88 1.00 23200 2110 .76 .89 1.00 21800 2380 .78 .94 1.00 21000 2710 .80 .95 1.00 800 24700 1870 .78 .93 1.00 23600 2110 .80 .94 1.00 22200 2380 .82 .99 1.00 21300 2710 .84 1.00 1.00 900 25200 1880 .82 .98 1.00 24100 2120 .85 .99 1.00 22600 2390 .87 1.00 1.00 21700 2720 .89 1.00 1.00 700 25900 1890 .57 .71 .85 24700 2130 .58 .72 .86 23600 2400 .59 .75 .91 22400 2750 .60 .76 .92 800 26300 1890 .60 .75 .90 25100 2130 .61 .76 .91 24000 2400 .62 .79 .96 22800 2750 .63 .80 .97 900 26800 1900 .63 .79 .95 25600 2140 .64 .80 .96 24500 2410 .66 .84 1.00 23200 2760 .67 .85 1.00 700 27300 1910 .40 .55 .69 26100 2150 .40 .55 .70 24900 2430 .40 .56 .72 23700 2770 .40 .57 .74 800 27700 1910 .42 .58 .73 26500 2150 .42 .58 .74 25300 2430 .42 .59 .76 24100 2770 .42 .60 .78 900 28300 1920 .44 .61 .77 27000 2160 .44 .61 .78 25800 2440 .44 .62 .80 24600 2780 .44 .63 .82 Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction. Table 1-7 Performance Ratings - HWC302/303 Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil 95° 85° Enter. Wet Bulb 63° SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 67° 71° 105° 115° Total Air Vol. (CFM) Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb Total Cooling Capacity (Btuh) Comp. Watts Input S/T at 75° Dry Bulb S/T at 80° Dry Bulb S/T at 85° Dry Bulb 775 28500 2150 .72 .84 .97 27300 2390 .73 .87 1.00 26100 2670 .74 .89 1.00 24800 2990 .76 .90 1.00 850 28900 2160 .74 .87 1.00 27600 2400 .76 .90 1.00 26400 2680 .77 .93 1.00 25100 3000 79 .93 1.00 925 29300 2170 .77 .90 1.00 28000 2410 .79 .93 1.00 26800 2690 .80 .96 1.00 25400 3010 .82 .96 1.00 775 30400 2190 .56 .69 .82 29000 2440 .57 .71 .84 27800 2720 .58 .73 .88 26400 3050 .59 .73 .88 850 30800 2200 .58 .71 .85 29400 2450 .59 .73 .87 28100 2730 .60 .75 .91 26700 3060 .61 .76 .91 925 31200 2210 .60 .73 .87 29800 2460 .61 .76 .90 28500 2740 .62 .78 .94 27100 3070 .63 .79 .94 775 32200 2220 .40 .54 .68 30800 2480 .41 .55 .69 29300 2760 .41 .56 .71 28000 3090 .42 .57 .73 850 32600 2230 .41 .56 .70 31200 2490 .42 .57 .71 29700 2770 .42 .58 .73 28300 3100 .43 .59 .75 925 33000 2240 .42 .57 .72 31600 2500 .43 .58 .73 30100 2780 .43 .60 .76 28700 3110 .45 .61 .78 Note: All values are gross capacities and do not include blower motor heat deduction. SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 1-6 Blower Performance Table 1-8 Blower Performance - HWC Units CFM @ ext. static pressure - in. w.c. with filter(s) Blower Speed Model HWC122/123 HWC182,242,302 HWC183,243,303 Dimensions 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 Hi 650 615 575 540 Med 475 450 425 400 Low 415 405 390 380 Hi 875 825 775 725 Med 850 805 760 710 Low 630 605 575 550 (all measurements in inches) SUPPLY AIR DUCT CONNECTION LOW VOLTAGE 8" x 16" THERMOSTAT CONNECTIONS HIGH VOLTAGE JUNCTION BOX 4" x 4" x 2" ¾" DUCT CONNECTION FLANGE GAS LINE CONNECTION Measurements from Side and Top to Center of Vent Outlet 1 4 2" 43 1/8 " " 3 6 4" / 7 16 27 /7 " 8 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 RETURN AIR OPENING ON BOTTOM 6" x 22" 29 Service Reference Manual SPECIFICATIONS 1-7 Dimensions (cont.) 1 1 16 13 3/8 8 Supply Line Voltage Box Low Voltage 43 1/8 Supply 8 2 7/8 4 1 3/4 3 ½ Gas Inlet Return 2 7/8 Wall Sleeve 1 22 27 7/8 6 (all measurements in inches) 1 or 3 3 4 15 or 12 1 4 2 16 45 2 29 12 1 2" SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Flanges may be assembled 1" or 3 3 4" from this side of the sleeve 29 7/16 Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-1 Section 2 - Sequence of Operation HWC123,183,243,303 ........................ 2-4 Simplified Sequence ........................................ 2-5 Detailed Sequence .......................................... 2-6 POWER ...................................................................... 2-6 CALL FOR HEAT ........................................................ 2-6 LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS ........................................... 2-7 PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) ..... 2-7 FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION ......... 2-8 CALL FOR COOLING ................................................. 2-8 FAN ON ....................................................................... 2-9 HW (Heating Only) (w/UTEC 1097 Spark Ignition System) 2-10 Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-11 Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-12 POWER .................................................................... 2-12 CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-12 LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS ......................................... 2-13 PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) ... 2-13 FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION ....... 2-14 FAN ON..................................................................... 2-14 HWC122,182,242,302 (w/Fenwal 2461D Ignition Control) ..... 2-16 Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-17 Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-18 POWER .................................................................... 2-18 CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-18 LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-19 PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) ... 2-19 ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-19 CALL FOR COOLING ............................................... 2-19 FAN ON..................................................................... 2-20 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 HW (Heating Only) (w/Fenwal 2461D Ignition Control) ..... 2-22 Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-23 Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-24 POWER .................................................................... 2-24 CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-24 LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-25 PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) ... 2-25 ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-25 SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-2 HWC122,182,242,302 (w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control) ....... 2-26 Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-27 Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-28 POWER .................................................................... 2-28 CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-28 FLAME SENSE ......................................................... 2-29 LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-29 ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-29 CALL FOR COOLING ............................................... 2-29 FAN ON..................................................................... 2-30 HW (Heating Only) (w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control) ....... 2-32 Simplified Sequence ...................................... 2-33 Detailed Sequence ........................................ 2-34 POWER .................................................................... 2-34 CALL FOR HEAT ...................................................... 2-34 FLAME SENSE ......................................................... 2-35 LIMIT OPENS ........................................................... 2-35 ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED.............................. 2-35 HWC123,183,243,303 w/Low Ambient Control ...................... 2-36 HWC122,182,242,302 w/Low Ambient Control ...................... 2-38 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-3 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 BLANK PAGE SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-4 HWC123, 183, 243, 303 (w/United Technologies 1097 Spark Ignition System) CONNECTION DIAGRAM CIRCUITS ENERGIZED } COPPER CONDUCTORS 208/230-1-60 ONLY POWER SUPPLY OPERATING MODE HEATING COOLING FAN YELLOW RED CIRCUIT R-W R-G-Y R-G BLUE LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY WHEN USED LINE VOLTAGE-FIELD LOW VOLTAGE-FACTORY LOW VOLTAGE-FIELD BLACK 4 5 VIOLET WHT IGNITION CONTROL PRESSURE SWITCH 4 5 6 RED ELECTRODE GND R R G G Y Y W W GREEN ORN RED BLUE MANUAL RESET LIMIT SWITCH YELLOW ORN ORN AUTO RESET LIMIT SWITCH THERMOSTAT NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE MUST BE USED. 1 2 3 GAS VALVE BLUE VIOLET } FLAME ROD 24VAC BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK 3 HEAT 2 UNUSED 1 COOL BLACK L1 Y C W G R CMB WHITE RED GREEN BLACK COMBUSTION BLOWER RED BLACK CONDENSER FAN VIOLET TRANSFORMER BLACK CAPACITOR-RUN BLUE RED CONNECTOR BLOCK EVAP. MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS MODELS HEATING COOLING 26HWC123 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE) 38HWC123 HIGH(BLACK) MED (BLUE) 38HWC183 LOW (RED) LOW (RED)* 51HWC183 MED (BLUE) LOW (RED) 64HWC183 HIGH(BLACK) LOW (RED) 38HWC243 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE) 51HWC243 MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE)* 64HWC243 HIGH(BLACK) MED (BLUE) 51HWC303 MED (BLUE) HIGH(BLACK) 64HWC303 HIGH(BLACK) HIGH(BLACK)* BROWN COM FAN HERM C YELLOW S COMP R BLK BLACK 208 V 240 V BLK RED CONTACTOR RED D RED SEE CHART FOR WIRING BLACK YELLOW BROWN BLOWER MOTOR BLUE RED BLOWER CONTROL T1 L1 T2 L2 H M * JUMPER REQUIRED L BLUE CAPACITOR BLOWER YELLOW #45004-1 DIAGNOSTICS The following blower/ignition control board LED codes will indicate normal or abnormal operations: Note: On units that are equipped with a low ambient switch (designated with an “SA” in the model number), sequence of operation during cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall below the normal operating range. For more information on the low ambient switch equipped version of this unit, see the section beginning on page 2-36. Connection Diagram Normal Operation, No Call for Heat FAST FLASH Normal Operation, Call for Heat 2 FLASH System Lockout - Failed to Detect or Sustain Flame 3 FLASH Pressure Switch Open or Closed 4 FLASH High Limit or Rollout Switch Open 5 FLASH Flame Sensed and Gas Valve Not Energized STEADY Internal Failure (Micro-controller Failure; Self-check) SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 2-1 SLOW FLASH Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-5 Simplified Sequence - HWC123,183, 243, 303 Refer to Figure 2-1 • 208/230V power is supplied to the junction box on top of the unit • 24V power is supplied from the unit transformer to the thermostat CALL FOR HEAT 1. The thermostat closes the R-W circuit, sending a 24-volt signal to the unit. 2. The 24-volt signal energizes the combustion blower, causing the pressure switch to close. 3. The combustion blower runs for 30 seconds as a pre-purge to trial for ignition. 4. The ignition control energizes the spark ignition and opens the gas valve, causing the burners to light. When the gas valve energizes, a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay begins. 5. Flame sense is sent to the ignition control through the flame sensor and flame sense wire. 6. After the 30-second delay, the circulating air blower energizes and runs until the heat call is satisfied. 7. When the heat call is satisfied, the gas valve deenergizes. This shuts down the burners. 8. A 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay and a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay start. 9. After the delay times elapse, the combustion blower and the circulating air blower stop. CALL FOR COOLING 1. The thermostat energizes the R, Y and G circuit, sending a 24-volt signal to the cooling contactor and the ignition control to start the cooling sequence. 2. The contactor closes immediately, causing the compressor and the condenser fan to run. 3. The 24-volt Y signal starts a 5-second circulating air blower “on” delay. 4. After 5 seconds, the circulating air blower starts and runs until the R, Y and G circuit is interrupted by the thermostat. 5. When the R, Y and G circuit is interrupted, the cooling contactor immediately de-energizes. This causes the compressor and the condenser fan to stop. 6. The ignition control starts a 90-second circulating air blower “off” delay. 7. After 90 seconds, the circulating air blower stops. FAN ON 1. The thermostat energizes the R-G circuit, causing the circulating air blower to energize in cooling speed. 2. The circulating air blower remains running in cooling speed until the thermostat is switched to the “AUTO” position. FLAME SENSE SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. After the burners have been lit, the ignition control starts a 10-second trial for ignition delay. 2. If after 10 seconds a flame has not been sensed by the ignition control, the ignition control de-energizes the gas valve and the spark ignitor. 3. The unit initiates three trials for ignition (flame sense) before system lockout. 4. System lockout lasts 60 minutes or until power is reset to unit (whichever comes first). Detailed Sequence follows SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-6 Detailed Sequence - HWC123, 183, 243, 303 Refer to Figure 2-1 POWER Line Voltage With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), line voltage will be present: L1 Power 1. Through the L1 black lead to the L1 terminal on the ignition control 2. At the L1 contactor terminal 3. At the transformer terminal marked 208-240V L2 Power 1. Through the L2 black lead to the induced draft blower 2. At the L2 contactor terminal 3. A transformer common terminal 4. At the T2 contactor terminal 5. At the R terminal of the compressor 6. At the capacitor common terminals Low Voltage (24 VAC) With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24 volts A/C will be present: 1. From the transformer 24V terminal to pin 4 of the 6-pin chassis low voltage harness 2. From pin 4 of the chassis low voltage harness to the 24VAC hot terminal on the ignition control 3. From the 24VAC hot terminal to pin 5 of the 5-pin thermostat harness (internal to board) 4. From the 24VAC hot terminal also to pin 6 of the 6pin ignition wire harness 5. From pin 6 of the ignition wire harness through the auto reset limit switch and the manual reset rollout switch to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness Note: While the unit is at rest, the green LED shows consistent slow flash. This indicates normal operation - system at rest (standby mode). CALL FOR HEAT Line Voltage 1. The combustion blower relay energizes, sending L1 power to CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition Low Voltage 1. A call for heat closes the R-W circuit, sending a 24volt signal to the low voltage white wire in the unit. 2. The 24-volt signal is received at pin 3 of the 5-pin thermostat harness on the ignition control. 3. The 24-volt signal causes the combustion blower relay to close, causing the combustion blower to run. At this time, a 24-volt signal is also sent out through pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 4. The 24-volt signal from pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness energizes one side of the Normally Open pressure switch. As the induced draft blower reaches full speed, the pressure switch closes and a 24-volt signal is sent to pin 5 of the 6pin ignition wire harness. 5. When the 24-volt signal is received at pin 5 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts a 30-second pre-purge delay. 6. After the 30-second pre-purge, the ignition control initiates a trial for ignition. The spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness energize simultaneously. 7. When the 24-volt signal is present at pin 4 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay. 8. The 24-volt signal from pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness is received at the gas valve, causing it to open and the burners to ignite. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 The ignition control receives a signal from the R-W circuit indicating a call for heat. control. This causes the combustion blower to start by completing the line voltage circuit through the L2 wire connection in the unit. 2. As the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness by the ignition control, a 30second circulating air blower “on” delay starts. After the delay, the ignition control energizes the heat speed blower relay. This sends L1 power to the ACB HEAT terminal on the ignition control. 3. L1 power is then sent to the circulating air blower terminal block where it is connected to the blower motor. The circulating air blower starts by completing the L1-L2 circuit through the L2 connection at the blower motor capacitor. 4. The combustion blower and the circulating air blower continue to run until the R-W circuit is interrupted. After a 5-second post-purge delay, the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control deenergizes. This interrupts L1 power to the combustion blower. After a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay, the ACB HEAT terminal deenergizes. This interrupts L1 to the circulating air blower. As L1 power is interrupted, the blowers shut off. Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-7 9. After 30-second “on” delay, the circulating air blower relay energizes the heat terminal and the circulating air blower is energized. 10. The unit will continue to operate normally until the R-W circuit is interrupted. 11. When the heat call is satisfied, the thermostat will interrupt the R-W circuit. This causes the 24-volt signal to the white wire in the unit to be de-energized. 12. The gas valve closes immediately as 24V through pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness is deenergized by the ignition control. 13. The ignition control initiates a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay and 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay. 14. After 5 seconds, the combustion blower shuts off. 15. After 120 seconds, the circulating air blower shuts off and the system returns to standby mode. Note: During a call for heat, the green LED shows consistent fast flash (as long as the R-W circuit is closed). When the R-W circuit is interrupted (indicating the heat call has been satisfied), the green LED returns to a consistent slow flash. 7. The green ignition control LED shows a 4 flash fault code (indicating limit switch/rollout switch open). 8. When the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts a 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay and a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay. 9. Once the delays have timed out, both blowers stop and the green LED flashes a consistent slow flash if no heat call is present. (A consistent fast flash appears if there is a call for heat.) Note: The limit switch resets automatically when temperatures are acceptable, but the rollout switch must be manually reset by pushing in on the small button on top of the switch. The reason why the switches opened must be determined before any corrective action is taken. PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) When the R-W circuit is energized, a 24-volt signal is sent to the ignition control. This starts the call for heat. LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 In all modes of operation, 24VAC is supplied to the ignition control 24VAC hot terminal and is passed through the ignition control to pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 1. A 24-volt signal is sent from pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness to one side of the Normally Closed manual reset rollout switch, across the rollout switch to one side of the Normally Closed auto reset limit switch and across the limit switch to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 2. This circuit energizes whenever line voltage power is supplied to the unit. 3. If the circuit is interrupted by either switch opening, the 24-volt signal to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness de-energizes. 4. This causes the combustion blower relay to energize, sending L1 power to the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control. It also causes the circulating air blower heat speed relay to energize, sending L1 power to the ACB HEAT terminal on the ignition control. This causes both blowers to start immediately. 5. The ignition control lockouts the spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness until the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 6. The circulating air blower and the combustion blower are energized until the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 1. The 24-volt signal from the R-W circuit energizes the combustion blower relay, sending L1 power to the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control. This starts the ignition control. 2. At the same time the combustion blower relay energizes, the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 2 of the 6pin ignition wire harness and from pin 2 to one side of the Normally Open pressure switch. 3. When the combustion blower causes the pressure switch to close, a 24-volt signal is sent across the switch to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. The 24-volt signal energizes at pin 5 and the ignition sequence continues. 4. If the combustion blower fails to close the pressure switch, the 24-volt signal is not sent to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness and the ignition control does not initiate a 30-second pre-purge delay. 5. No signal is sent to the spark ignition cable terminal on the ignition control or to the gas valve through pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 6. The combustion blower continues to run for 60 seconds. After 60 seconds, the ignition control automatically de-energizes the combustion blower relay. This interrupts L1 power to the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control. 7. The combustion blower remains de-energized for approximately six minutes. During this 6-minute lockout, the green LED flashes three times (indicating pressure switch fault—open or closed). SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-8 8. The 24-volt signal will only be supplied to the limit switch circuit through pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness and to the pressure switch circuit through pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 9. The system will repeat this sequence until the pressure switch closes and the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION When the pressure switch closes and a 24-volt signal is sent to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness, the spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness energize. 1. As spark voltage is supplied to the ignitor electrodes, the gas valve opens and this causes the burners to ignite. 2. The ignition control continues to energize spark voltage until a flame sense signal is supplied to the flame terminal on the ignition control. 3. If a flame sense signal is not received at the flame terminal on the ignition control, the spark ignition cable terminal remains energized for 10 seconds. 4. After the 10-second trial for ignition, the ignition control de-energizes the spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. This causes the gas valve to close and the electrode spark to stop. 5. Once the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness, a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay starts. After the delay is timed out, the circulating air blower starts. 6. After the spark ignition cable terminal de-energizes, the ignition control initiates a 30-second combustion blower inter-purge delay. 7. After 30-second inter-purge, the ignition control energizes the spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. If the flame sense signal is received at the flame terminal of the ignition control, the unit continues heat call. 8. If the flame sense signal is not received, the system goes through three trials following the above sequence. 9. After three trials, the system goes into lockout and only the high limit switch circuit and pressure switch circuit remain energized during the 60minute lockout period. 10. If the flame sense is lost during the heat cycle, the gas valve de-energizes immediately and the system goes into the trial sequence. CALL FOR COOLING Line Voltage 1. L2 power passes through the fixed closed L2-T2 terminals on the contactor to the RUN terminal of the compressor and the COMMON terminal of the capacitor. 2. L1 power is sent to the L1 terminal of the contactor. When the Y signal energizes the contactor, the T2 terminal becomes energized. L1 power is sent to the compressor COMMON terminal and the condenser fan. This energizes the compressor and condenser fan motors. 3. When pin 1 (Y terminal) of the 5-pin thermostat harness receives a 24-volt signal from the thermostat, a 5-second circulating air blower delay starts. 4. After the 5-second delay, the ignition control energizes the cooling speed relay. This sends L1 power to the ACB COOL terminal of the ignition control. 5. L1 power is sent to the circulating air blower terminal block, energizing the circulating air blower motor. 6. When the R, Y and G circuit is interrupted by the thermostat, the contactor is immediately deenergized. This interrupts L1 power to the compressor and condenser fan motors, stopping both. 7. The ignition control starts a 90-second circulating air blower “off” delay, after which the ACB COOL terminal de-energizes. This interrupts L1 power to the circulating air blower motor, causing it to stop. Low Voltage SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. The thermostat energizes the R, Y and G circuit, sending a 24-volt signal to the contactor coil and to pin 1 of the 5-pin thermostat harness connected to the ignition control. 2. The contactor closes immediately upon receiving the 24-volt signal, causing the compressor and condenser fan motors to start. 3. The 24-volt signal is also sent to pin 1 of the 5-pin thermostat harness, initiating a 5-second circulating air blower “on” delay. 4. After the 5-second delay, the ignition control energizes the cooling speed relay and the circulating air blower starts. 5. When the cooling call is satisfied, the thermostat interrupts the R, Y and G circuit. The contactor de-energizes immediately, causing the compressor and the condenser fan to stop. The ignition control starts a 90-second circulating air blower “off” delay. Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-9 6. After the 90-second delay, the ignition control deenergizes the cooling speed relay and the circulating air blower stops. FAN ON 1. When the thermostat is switched to the “FAN ON” position, the R-G circuit sends a 24-volt signal to pin 4 of the 5-pin thermostat harness. 2. The 24-volt signal energizes the cooling speed relay, sending L1 power to the ACB COOL terminal of the ignition control. 3. L1 power is sent to the circulating air blower terminal block, causing the circulating air blower to run in cooling speed. 4. The circulating air blower continues to run in cooling speed until the thermostat is switched to “AUTO”, interrupting the R-G circuit. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Note: With the thermostat in the “FAN ON” position during heat call, ignition control will not energize the heat speed relay. The circulating air blower continues to run in cooling speed unless the limit switch circuit opens, which would cause the heat speed relay and the induced draft blower relay to become energized. This would de-energize the cooling speed relay until either the limit switch circuit is closed or the thermostat is switched to the “AUTO” position. SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-10 HW (Heating Only) (w/United Technologies 1097 Spark Ignition System) CONNECTION DIAGRAM } 208/230-1-60 POWER SUPPLY COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY CIRCUITS ENERGIZED WIRE NUT OPERATING MODE HEATING COOLING FAN YELLOW RED LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY WHEN USED LINE VOLTAGE-FIELD LOW VOLTAGE-FACTORY LOW VOLTAGE-FIELD BLUE BLACK GND ORANGE R R G G Y W W Y } THERMOSTAT FLAME ROD NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE MUST BE USED. GREEN RED BLUE MANUAL RESET LIMIT SWITCH YELLOW VOILET ORANGE WHT 24VAC 4 5 6 1 2 3 RED ELECTRODE IGNITION CONTROL GAS VALVE BLUE ORANGE AUTO RESET LIMIT SWITCH HEAT 5 VOILET UNUSED 4 PRESSURE SWITCH BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK 3 L1 2 COOL 1 CNB Y C W G R WHITE RED GREEN BLACK COMBUSTION BLOWER CIRCUIT R-W R-G-Y R-G BLACK CONNECTOR BLOCK RED YELLOW 208 V EVAP. MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS 240 V MODELS 26HW 38HW 51HW 64HW TRANSFORMER BLUE RED HEATING LOW (RED) HIGH (BLACK) MED (BLUE) HIGH (BLACK) SEE CHART FOR WIRING BLACK YELLOW BROWN CAPACITOR BLOWER BLOWER MOTOR BLUE RED #45008-2 H M L TERMINAL BLOCK DIAGNOSTICS The following blower/ignition control board LED codes will indicate normal or abnormal operations: Connection Diagram Normal Operation, No Call for Heat FAST FLASH Normal Operation, Call for Heat 2 FLASH System Lockout - Failed to Detect or Sustain Flame 3 FLASH Pressure Switch Open or Closed 4 FLASH High Limit or Rollout Switch Open 5 FLASH Flame Sensed and Gas Valve Not Energized STEADY Internal Failure (Micro-controller Failure; Self-check) SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 2-2 SLOW FLASH Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-11 Simplified Sequence - HW (w/UTEC 1097 Board) Refer to Figure 2-2 CALL FOR HEAT 1. The indoor thermostat energizes the R-W circuit, sending a 24-volt signal to the ignition control. 2. The 24-volt signal causes the induced draft blower to start, which closes the pressure switch. 3. Once the pressure switch closes, a 30-second induced draft blower pre-purge starts. 4. After the 30-second induced draft blower pre-purge, the gas valve opens and the burners ignite. This starts a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay. 5. The unit continues to operate in the heat mode until the indoor thermostat setting is reached. At that time, the R-W circuit is interrupted. 6. The 24-volt signal to the ignition control is interrupted, causing the gas valve to close and the burners to shut down. 7. A 5-second post-purge starts and following that the induced draft blower stops. 8. A 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay starts. After the elapsed time, the circulating air blower stops. FAN ON 1. When the thermostat is switched to the “FAN ON” position, a 24-volt signal is sent to the ignition control. 2. The ignition control immediately energizes the cooling speed of the circulating air blower. 3. The circulating air blower runs in the cooling speed until the thermostat fan switch is moved back to the “AUTO” position. At this time, the circulating air blower stops. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 During the call for “FAN ON”, the circulating air blower heat speed will not be energized by the ignition control unless the limit switch circuit is interrupted. Detailed Sequence follows SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-12 Detailed Sequence - HW (w/UTEC 1097 Board) Refer to Figure 2-2 POWER Line Voltage With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), line voltage will be present: L1 Power 1. Through the L1 black lead to the L1 terminal on the ignition control 2. At the transformer terminal marked 208-240V L2 Power 1. Through the L2 black lead to the induced draft blower 2. Transformer common terminal 3. At the circulating air blower capacitor terminal Low Voltage (24 VAC) With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24 volts A/C will be present: 1. At the transformer 24V terminal 2. At the 24VAC hot terminal on the ignition control 3. At pin 5 of the 5-pin thermostat harness (red wire pin) 4. At pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness 5. Through the auto reset limit switch and the manual reset rollout switch to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness Note: While the unit is at rest, the green LED shows consistent slow flash. This indicates normal operation - system at rest (standby mode). CALL FOR HEAT Line Voltage The ignition control receives a signal from the R-W circuit indicating a call for heat. Low Voltage 1. A call for heat closes the R-W circuit, sending a 24volt signal to the low voltage white wire in the unit. 2. The 24-volt signal is received at pin 3 of the 5-pin thermostat harness on the ignition control. 3. The 24-volt signal causes the combustion blower relay to close, causing the combustion blower to run. At this time, a 24-volt signal is also sent out through pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 4. The 24-volt signal from pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness energizes one side of the Normally Open pressure switch. As the induced draft blower reaches full speed, the pressure switch closes and a 24-volt signal is sent to pin 5 of the 6pin ignition wire harness. 5. When the 24-volt signal is received at pin 5 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts a 30-second pre-purge delay. 6. After the 30-second pre-purge, the ignition control initiates a trial for ignition. The spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness energize simultaneously. 7. When the 24-volt signal is present at pin 4 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay. 8. The 24-volt signal from pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness is received at the gas valve, causing it to open and the burners to ignite. 9. After 30-second “on” delay, the circulating air blower relay energizes the heat terminal and the circulating air blower is energized. 10. The unit will continue to operate normally until the R-W circuit is interrupted. 11. When the heat call is satisfied, the thermostat will interrupt the R-W circuit. This causes the 24-volt signal to the white wire in the unit to be de-energized. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. The combustion blower relay energizes, sending L1 power to CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control. This causes the combustion blower to start. 2. As the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness by the ignition control, a 30second circulating air blower “on” delay starts. After the delay, the ignition control energizes the heat speed blower relay. This sends L1 power to the ACB HEAT terminal on the ignition control. 3. L1 power is then sent to the circulating air blower terminal block where it is connected to the blower motor, starting the circulating air blower. 4. The combustion blower and the circulating air blower continue to run until the R-W circuit is interrupted. After a 5-second post-purge delay, the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control deenergizes. This interrupts L1 power to the combustion blower. After a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay, the ACB HEAT terminal deenergizes. This interrupts L1 to the circulating air blower. As L1 power is interrupted, the blowers shut off. Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-13 12. The gas valve closes immediately as 24V through pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness is deenergized by the ignition control. 13. The ignition control initiates a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay and 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay. 14. After 5 seconds, the combustion blower shuts off. 15. After 120 seconds, the circulating air blower shuts off and the system returns to standby mode. 9. Once the delays have timed out, both blowers stop and the green LED flashes a consistent slow flash if no heat call is present. (A consistent fast flash appears if there is a call for heat.) Note: During a call for heat, the green LED shows consistent fast flash (as long as the R-W circuit is closed). When the R-W circuit is interrupted (indicating the heat call has been satisfied), the green LED returns to a consistent slow flash. The reason why the switches opened must be determined before any corrective action is taken. LIMIT/ROLLOUT OPENS SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 In all modes of operation, 24VAC is supplied to the ignition control 24VAC hot terminal and is passed through the ignition control to pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 1. A 24-volt signal is sent from pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness to one side of the Normally Closed manual reset rollout switch, across the rollout switch to one side of the Normally Closed auto reset limit switch and across the limit switch to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 2. This circuit energizes whenever line voltage power is supplied to the unit. 3. If the circuit is interrupted by either switch opening, the 24-volt signal to pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness de-energizes. 4. This causes the combustion blower relay to energize, sending L1 power to the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control. It also causes the circulating air blower heat speed relay to energize, sending L1 power to the ACB HEAT terminal on the ignition control. This causes both blowers to start immediately. 5. The ignition control lockouts the spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness until the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 6. The circulating air blower and the combustion blower are energized until the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 7. The green ignition control LED shows a 4 flash fault code (indicating limit switch/rollout switch open). 8. When the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 1 of the 6pin ignition wire harness, the ignition control starts a 5-second combustion blower post-purge delay and a 120-second circulating air blower “off” delay. Note: The limit switch resets automatically when temperatures are acceptable, but the rollout switch must be manually reset by pushing in on the small button on top of the switch. PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) When the R-W circuit is energized, a 24-volt signal is sent to the ignition control. This starts the call for heat. 1. The 24-volt signal from the R-W circuit energizes the combustion blower relay, sending L1 power to the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control. This starts the ignition control. 2. At the same time the combustion blower relay energizes, the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 2 of the 6pin ignition wire harness and from pin 2 to one side of the Normally Open pressure switch. 3. If the combustion blower causes the pressure switch to close, a 24-volt signal is sent across the switch to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. The 24-volt signal energizes at pin 5 and the ignition sequence continues. 4. If the combustion blower fails to close the pressure switch, the 24-volt signal is not sent to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness and the ignition control does not initiate a 30-second pre-purge delay. 5. No signal is sent to the spark ignition cable terminal on the ignition control or to the gas valve through pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 6. The combustion blower continues to run for 60 seconds. After 60 seconds, the ignition control automatically de-energizes the combustion blower relay. This interrupts L1 power to the CMB BLWR terminal on the ignition control. 7. The combustion blower remains de-energized for approximately six minutes. During this 6-minute lockout, the green LED flashes three times (indicating pressure switch fault—open or closed). 8. The 24-volt signal will only be supplied to the limit switch circuit through pin 6 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness and to the pressure switch circuit through pin 2 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. 9. The system will repeat this sequence until the pressure switch closes and the 24-volt signal is restored at pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-14 FAILED FLAME SENSE/TRIAL FOR IGNITION When the pressure switch closes and a 24-volt signal is sent to pin 5 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness, the spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness energize. 1. As spark voltage is supplied to the ignitor electrodes, the gas valve opens and this causes the burners to ignite. 2. The ignition control continues to energize spark voltage until a flame sense signal is supplied to the flame terminal on the ignition control. 3. If a flame sense signal is not received at the flame terminal on the ignition control, the spark ignition cable terminal remains energized for 10 seconds. 4. After the 10-second trial for ignition, the ignition control de-energizes the spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. This causes the gas valve to close and the electrode spark to stop. 5. Once the 24-volt signal is sent to pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness, a 30-second circulating air blower “on” delay starts. After the delay is timed out, the circulating air blower starts. 6. After the spark ignition cable terminal de-energizes, the ignition control initiates a 30-second combustion blower inter-purge delay. 7. After 30-second inter-purge, the ignition control energizes the spark ignition cable terminal and pin 4 of the 6-pin ignition wire harness. If the flame sense signal is received at the flame terminal of the ignition control, the unit continues heat call. 8. If the flame sense signal is not received, the system goes through three trials following the above sequence. 9. After three trials, the system goes into lockout and only the limit switch circuit and pressure switch circuit remain energized during the 60-minute lockout period. 10. If the flame sense is lost during the heat cycle, the gas valve de-energizes immediately and the system goes into the trial sequence. 4. The circulating air blower continues to run in cooling speed until the thermostat is switched to “AUTO”, interrupting the R-G circuit. Note: With the thermostat in the “FAN ON” position during heat call, ignition control will not energize the heat speed relay. The circulating air blower continues to run in cooling speed unless the limit switch circuit opens, which would cause the heat speed relay and the induced draft blower relay to become energized. This would de-energize the cooling speed relay until either the limit switch circuit is closed or the thermostat is switched to the “AUTO” position. FAN ON SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. When the thermostat is switched to the “FAN ON” position, the R-G circuit sends a 24-volt signal to pin 4 of the 5-pin thermostat harness. 2. The 24-volt signal energizes the cooling speed relay, sending L1 power to the ACB COOL terminal of the ignition control. 3. L1 power is sent to the circulating air blower terminal block, causing the circulating air blower to run in cooling speed. Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-15 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 BLANK PAGE SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-16 HWC122, 182, 242, 302 (w/Fenwal T riton 2461D DSI Ignition Contr ol) Triton Control) CIRCUITS ENERGIZED OPERATING MODE 208/230-1-60 COPPER CONDUCTORS POWER SUPPLY ONLY BLACK BLACK BLUE BLUE LIMIT SWITCH C NC WHITE GAS VALVE V2 IGNITION CONTROL GND PRESSURE SWITCH WHITE R R W W Y G Y G THERMOSTAT BROWN BLACK BLACK GREEN WHITE RED YELLOW BLUE COMBUSTION BLOWER BLACK BLACK RED GREEN ELECTRODE CABLE WHITE ORN ORN NO MANUAL RESET WHITE LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED) LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD RED PINK TH P.SW V1 IND L1 24VAC CIRCUIT R-W R-G-Y R-G HEATING COOLING FAN NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE MUST BE USED. CONNECTOR BLOCK BLACK BROWN C COM YELLOW HERM S R BLACK L1 T1 BLACK CONTACTOR RED T2 L2 BLACK RED CAPACITY BLOWER BLOWER MOTOR H L1 C R W G SEE TABLE BLUE BLK BROWN C BLK BLK BLUE RED YEL BLOWER CONTROL YEL RED SEE TABLE FOR WIRING 208V 240V TRANSFORMER BLUE RED BLK YEL CONTR YEL LOAD COMP T’STAT (IF USED) BLUE WHITE GREEN RED FAN BLUE CONDENSER FAN VIOLET BLACK CAPACITOR-RUN EVAPORATOR MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS MODELS HEATING COOLING 26HWC122 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE) 38HWC122 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE) 38HWC182 LOW (RED) LOW (RED) 51HWC182 MED (BLUE) LOW (RED) 64HWC182 HIGH (BLK) LOW (RED) 38HWC242 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE) 51HWC242 MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE) 64HWC242 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE) 51HWC302 MED (BLUE) HIGH (BLK) 64HWC302 HIGH (BLK) HIGH (BLK) * JUMPER REQUIRED * * * COM TIME DELAY (IF USED) #39007D5 Note: On units that are equipped with a low ambient switch (designated with an “SA” in the model number), sequence of operation during cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall below the normal operating range. For more information on the low ambient switch equipped version of this unit, see the section beginning on page 2-38. Connection Diagram SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 2-3 Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-17 Simplified Sequence - HWC122,182, 242, 302 (w/Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control) SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Refer to Figure 2-3 CALL FOR HEAT CALL FOR COOLING 1. A call for heat closes the circuit between wires R (red) and W (white) on the unit’s thermostat connections. 2. A low voltage (24 volts) signal is sent to the ignition control, closing a relay which sends line voltage to the induced draft blower. At the same time, a 24volt signal is also sent to the blower control board. This causes the blower control board to begin the countdown to closing the relay that starts the circulating air blower. 3. After the induced draft blower creates enough negative pressure, the pressure switch closes. 4. When the pressure switch closes, the 24-volt signal is sent to the ignition control. This starts a 30second pre-purge countdown, after which a trial for ignition is made. 5. At the same time that the trial for ignition is made, the gas valve energizes and gas flows to the burners. 6. With the burners in operation, the trial for ignition continues for seven seconds. At the end of this time, the ignition control stops sparking. 7. Approximately 30 seconds after the burners ignite, the timer on the blower control board closes a relay, sending line voltage to and starting the circulating air blower. 8. The unit continues to operate as long as there is a 24-volt signal between R and W. When the call for heat is satisfied, the 24-volt signal between R and W discontinues. When W de-energizes, the power to the induced draft blower and the gas valve is interrupted. The 24-volt signal to the blower control board is also interrupted, causing the module to start the countdown to blower “off” (approximately 90 seconds). 9. If at any time during a call for heat the limit switch opens, the 24-volt signal to the white wire going to terminal P.SW on the ignition control is interrupted. This de-energizes the gas valve immediately. The circulating air blower and the induced draft blower continue to run. When the unit cools down enough for the limit switch to close, the 24-volt signal is again sent to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. With terminal P.SW energized, the ignition control again makes a trial for ignition and relights the burners. 1. A call for cooling closes the circuit from R to Y and G. 2. A 24-volt signal is sent to blower control board terminal G and to the compressor contactor. The contactor closes, sending line voltage to the compressor and the outdoor condenser fan. 3. With a 24-volt signal at terminal G on the blower control board, the circulating air blower starts in cooling speed approximately 15 seconds later (or immediately - see note below). 4. When the cooling call is completed, G and Y deenergize. The contactor opens immediately, stopping the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan. When G de-energizes, the timer to turn off the circulating air blower starts. The circulating air blower turns off after 90 seconds (see note below). FAN ON 1. 2. 3. 4. When the thermostat switch is moved to the “FAN ON” position, the circuit between R and G closes. The 24-volt signal from G goes to the blower control board which starts the timer. Fifteen seconds after terminal G on the blower control board energizes (or immediately after - see note below), the circulating air blower starts. When terminal G on the blower control board deenergizes, the timer to turn off the circulating air blower starts. The circulating air blower turns off after 90 seconds (see note below). Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on” delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90 seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no “on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay. Detailed Sequence follows SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-18 Detailed Sequence - HWC122, 182, 242, 302 (w/Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control) Refer to Figure 2-3 POWER Line Voltage When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from the thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied to both black wires located in the junction block on top of the unit. Line voltage will be present at the following locations: First black wire 1. L-1 on the ignition control 2. L-1 on the contactor 3. L-1 on the blower control board 4. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or 240V (whichever is being used) Second black wire 1. Supplies power to the induced draft blower 2. L-2 on the contactor 3. Common terminal on the transformer 4. T-2 on the contactor 5. Red wire on the R terminal of the compressor 6. Red wire to the common terminals on the capacitors Low Voltage (24 VAC) With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24 volts A/C will be found at these points: 1. Red wire exiting the top of the unit 2. Terminal marked 24 VAC on the ignition control 3. Terminal R on the blower control board CALL FOR HEAT Line Voltage The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W. The following is the sequence of operation for the line voltage side of the unit: Low Voltage 1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the white wire on the unit. 2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit switch, ignition control terminal TH and terminal W on the blower control board. 3. When W energizes, the timer starts a countdown to blower “on”. The blower starts in approximately 60 seconds. 4. The 24-volt signal sent to terminal TH closes the relay in the ignition control. This starts the induced draft blower by energizing terminal IND on the ignition control. 5. As the induced draft blower comes up to speed and creates enough negative pressure, the pressure switch closes. The 24-volt signal from the pressure switch energizes terminal P.SW, causing the ignition control to start a trial for ignition (sparking). 6. As the trial for ignition starts, the V1 terminal on the ignition control energizes. At the same time, a 24volt signal is sent to the gas valve, opening the valve. The unit continues to operate as long as W is energized. 7. When the call for heat is satisfied, the circuit between R and W is interrupted. 8. With W de-energized, the gas valve closes immediately and the induced draft blower shuts down several seconds later. 9. The blower control board starts a countdown to blower “off”. Approximately 90 seconds later, the blower shuts down. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. Terminal TH (24-volt) energizes on the ignition control, causing the relay in the ignition control to close. This sends line voltage to the terminal marked IND, causing the induced draft blower to start. 2. When W energizes, a 24-volt signal is also sent to the W terminal on the blower control board. The 24-volt signal to the blower control board starts the timer on the board. After 60 seconds, the heat speed relay on the blower control board closes. This sends line voltage from the terminal marked HEAT to the circulating air blower, starting the blower. The induced draft blower and the circulating air blower continue to operate until the heat call is satisfied, interrupting the circuit between R and W. The W terminal de-energizes, causing the blower relay to open approximately 90 seconds later. This interrupts the line voltage to the circulating air blower and the blower shuts down. Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-19 LIMIT OPENS If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for heat, the following happens: 1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in the unit is too high, the contacts between terminals C and NC on the limit switch open and the contacts between C and NO close. This interrupts the 24-volt signal to the pressure switch and also deenergizes terminal P.SW on the ignition control. The gas valve closes immediately, as the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW is no longer present. The induced draft blower and the circulating air blower continue to run. Power to blower control board terminal W is maintained. The blowers continue to run until the limit switch closes or the heat call at the thermostat is satisfied. 2. When the limit switch senses that temperatures in the unit are normal, the contacts between terminals C and NO open, the contacts between terminals C and NC close and operation of the unit returns to normal. PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) 1. If blockage of the flue occurs, the negative pressure in the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set point of the pressure switch, the contacts open. This interrupts the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW on the ignition control. The gas valve closes immediately, as the relay in the ignition control opens and interrupts the signal to terminal V2 of the ignition control. 2. Terminal W on the blower control board stays energized and the circulating air blower continues to run. If the negative pressure is restored, the pressure switch closes and sends a 24-volt signal to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. The ignition control makes a trial for ignition again and operation returns to normal. Note: If the P.SW and TH terminals energize at the same time, the ignition control will not respond. A pressure switch being stuck closed is an example of what would cause this to happen. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED 1. If the conditions in the burner compartment cause the rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch open, interrupting the 24-volt signal going to terminal P.SW on the ignition control. This causes the ignition control to de-energize terminal V1, interrupting the 24-volt signal to the gas valve and immediately closing it. 2. The reason the rollout switch was tripped must be determined before corrective action is taken. 3. The signal to terminal P.SW can only be restored if the rollout switch is reset, which can only be done manually. The W terminal on the blower control board remains energized and the circulating air blower continues to operate. Once the rollout switch is reset, the operation of the unit returns to normal. CALL FOR COOLING Line Voltage On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the circuit between Y, G and R. 1. With Y energized, the contactor closes. This sends line voltage to compressor terminal C, causing the compressor to start. The outdoor fan also starts, drawing air through the outdoor coil. 2. Terminal G on the blower control board also energizes at the same time as Y. This starts the timer on the blower control board. Approximately 15 seconds later (or immediately - see note on page 2-20), the terminal marked COOL energizes. This sends line voltage to the circulating air blower, starting the blower. 3. The unit continues cooling as long as both Y and G are energized. When the cooling call is satisfied, the circuit between Y, G and R is interrupted. The contactor immediately opens, interrupting power to the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan. 4. With the low voltage signal to terminal G on the blower control board interrupted, the board starts a countdown to blower “off”. After approximately 90 seconds (see note on page 2-20), the cooling speed relay opens and the circulating air blower shuts down. Low Voltage 1. On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the circuit between R and terminals G and Y. 2. The 24-volt signal energizes terminal G on the blower control board, starting the fan “on” timer. Approximately 15 seconds later (or immediately see note on page 2-20), the relay closes. This sends line voltage to the COOLING speed terminal on the blower control board, which starts the circulating air blower. 3. The signal from Y energizes the contactor, starting the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan. 4. When the cooling call is satisfied, both G and Y are de-energized. The contactor opens immediately, causing the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan to stop. SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-20 5. The circulating air blower shuts off approximately 90 seconds after G terminal on the blower control board is de-energized (see note below). FAN ON Low Voltage 1. When the switch on the thermostat is moved to the “FAN ON” position, a 24-volt signal is sent to G. 2. With G energized, the blower control board starts a countdown to fan “on”. After approximately 15 seconds, the fan starts (see note below). 3. The blower control board closes a relay on the board, sending line voltage to the terminal marked COOL on the board. This starts the circulating air blower. 4. When the switch at the thermostat is moved to the “OFF” position, the 24-volt signal to the blower control board is interrupted. With no signal at the G terminal, the blower control board starts a countdown to fan “off”. Approximately 90 seconds later, a relay on the blower control board opens (see note below). This interrupts the power to and stops the circulating air blower. Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on” delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90 seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no “on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-21 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 BLANK PAGE SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-22 HW (Heating Only) (w/Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control) CIRCUITS ENERGIZED OPERATING MODE 208/230-1-60 COPPER CONDUCTORS POWER SUPPLY ONLY PINK BROWN WHITE ORANGE BLUE BLUE V2 GND BLACK BLACK PRESSURE SWITCH LIMIT SWITCH R R W Y G W Y GREEN WHITE RED YELLOW BLUE RED GREEN ELECTRODE CABLE GAS VALVE NO NC WHITE ORANGE WHITE BLACK BLACK TH P.SW V1 IND L1 24VAC C MANUAL RESET LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED) LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED) LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD WHITE RED IGNITION CONTROL CIRCUIT R-W HEATING COMBUSTION BLOWER BLACK BLACK THERMOSTAT G NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE MUST BE USED. BLUE BLACK BLUE RED YELLOW BROWN CAPACITOR BLOWER BLOWER MOTOR BLACK C TRANSFORMER L1 H BLOWER R W 208 240 BLUE SEE CHART FOR WIRING BLOWER CONTROL GREEN WHITE RED YELLOW MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS HEATING MODELS LOW (RED) 26HW HIGH (BLACK) 38HW MED (BLUE) 51HW HIGH (BLACK) 64HW WHITE RED #39247D2 Connection Diagram SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 2-4 Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-23 Simplified Sequence - HW (w/Fenwal 2461D Board) Refer to Figure 2-4 CALL FOR HEAT SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. A call for heat closes the circuit between R and W on the thermostat. This sends a 24-volt signal to the white wire on the unit. 2. The 24-volt signal energizes terminal TH on the ignition control and the W terminal on the blower control board. 3. With the TH terminal energized, the ignition control closes an internal relay. This sends line voltage from terminal IND to the induced draft blower, starting the inducer. 4. After a pre-purge cycle of approximately 30 seconds, the ignition control makes a trial for ignition. Terminal V1 energizes at this time, opening the gas valve. The ignition control initiates a spark at the burner to light the main burners. 5. The trial for ignition lasts seven seconds, at which time the ignition control stops sparking. The ignition control looks at the flame sense to determine if the main burners have ignited. If flame sense is not proven, the ignition control goes through another pre-purge cycle (approximately 30 seconds) and makes another trial for ignition. It does this three times. If the three trials for ignition fail, the ignition control locks out for approximately 60 minutes. After 60 minutes, the ignition control again makes three trials for ignition. This continues as long as there is a call for heat from the thermostat. 6. When W energizes, the blower control board starts a countdown to fan “on”. Approximately 60 seconds after the thermostat initiates a call for heat, the circulating air blower starts. 7. The unit continues to operate as long as there is a call for heat from the thermostat. 8. When the heat call is satisfied, the circuit between R and W is interrupted. With the white wire deenergized, the ignition control interrupts the 24-volt signal to the gas valve. This closes the gas valve immediately and opens the internal relay that deenergizes terminal IND. The induced draft blower shut downs several seconds later. 9. The W terminal on the blower control board deenergizes. This causes the blower control board to start a countdown to blower “off”. Approximately 90 seconds later, the circulating air blower shuts down. This completes the heating cycle. Detailed Sequence follows SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-24 Detailed Sequence - HW (w/Fenwal Triton 2461D Ignition Control) Refer to Figure 2-4 POWER Line Voltage When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied to the two black wires located in the junction block on top of the unit. Line voltage will be present at the following locations: First black wire 1. L-1 on the ignition control 2. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or 240V (whichever is being used) 3. Common terminal on the blower capacitor Second black wire 1. Supplies power to the one side of the induced draft blower 2. Common terminal on the transformer 3. L terminal on the blower control board Low Voltage (24 VAC) With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24 volts A/C will be found at the following points: 1. 2. 2. 3. Red wire exiting the top of the unit Terminal marked NO on the limit switch Terminal marked 24VAC on the ignition control Terminal R on the blower control board CALL FOR HEAT Line Voltage The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W. The following is the sequence of operation for the line voltage side of the unit: Low Voltage The following is the sequence of operation for the low voltage side of the unit on a heat call: 1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the white wire on the unit. 2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit switch. 3. The 24-volt signal is sent from the C terminal (brown wire) on the limit switch to terminal TH on the ignition control. This causes the ignition control to close the line voltage relay, starting the induced draft blower. When the induced draft blower comes up to speed and creates enough negative pressure, the pressure switch closes. 4. With the pressure switch closed, the 24-volt signal goes to the rollout switch located over the burners. 5. The 24-volt signal from the rollout switch goes to the terminal marked P.SW on the ignition control, causing the ignition control to make a trial for ignition (sparking). Terminal V1 on the ignition control also energizes at this time, causing the gas valve to open. 6. At the same time that the C terminal on the limit switch energizes, a 24-volt signal is also sent to the W terminal on the blower control board. This starts the timer on the blower control board. Approximately 30 seconds after the main burners ignite, the blower control board closes a relay; this sends line voltage to the circulating air blower, starting the blower. 7. As long as W (white wire) is energized, the unit continues to operate. 8. When the heat call is satisfied, the circuit between R and W is interrupted. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. Terminal TH on the ignition control energizes, causing a relay in the ignition control to close. This sends line voltage to terminal IND on the ignition control, causing the induced draft blower to start. 2. When W is energized, a 24-volt signal is also sent to the W terminal on the blower control board. Approximately 60 seconds after W terminal ener- gizes, the timer on the blower control board closes the heat speed relay on the board. This sends line voltage to the H terminal on the blower control board, which starts the circulating air blower. 3. The induced draft blower and the circulating air blower continue to operate as long as W is energized. 4. When W de-energizes, a relay in the ignition control opens. Terminal IND de-energizes and the induced draft blower shuts down. Approximately 90 seconds later, the circulating air blower also shuts down. Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-25 9. When W de-energizes, the gas valve immediately shuts down and the induced draft blower also stops after several seconds. 10. The blower control board starts a countdown to blower “off”. Approximately 90 seconds later, the circulating air blower shuts down. Note: If the P.SW and TH terminals energize at the same time, the ignition control will not respond. A pressure switch being stuck closed is an example of what would cause this to happen. ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED LIMIT OPENS If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for heat, the following happens: 1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in the unit is too high, the circuit between terminals C and NC on the limit switch opens. This closes the circuit between terminals C and NO on the limit switch, interrupting the 24-volt signal to the pressure switch and the rollout switch and causing terminal P.SW on the ignition control to deenergize. The gas valve immediately closes, as there is no longer a 24-volt signal at terminal V1 on the ignition control. With 24 volts still going to the blower control board and terminal TH on the ignition control, the circulating air blower and induced draft blower continue to run. 2. The circulating air blower and the induced draft blower continue to run as long as there is a call for heat from the thermostat or the limit switch remains open. 3. When the limit switch senses that the temperature in the unit is low enough, the circuit between C and NO opens and the circuit between C and NC closes. 4. With the limit switch closed, the unit again makes a trial for ignition and returns to normal operation. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) 1. If blockage of the flue occurs, the negative pressure in the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set point of the pressure switch, the contacts open. This interrupts the 24-volt signal coming from terminal NC on the limit switch. Terminal P.SW on the ignition control de-energizes, as does terminal V1. With loss of the 24-volt signal to the gas valve, the valve closes immediately. 2. Terminals TH on the ignition control and W on the blower control board remain energized. The induced draft blower and the circulating air blower continue to run. 3. When the pressure switch senses that there is enough negative pressure within the flue, it will again close the circuit between the limit switch and terminal P.SW on the ignition control. 4. The unit makes a trial for ignition and returns to normal operation. 1. If the conditions in the burner compartment cause the rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch open. This interrupts the 24-volt signal going to terminal P.SW on the ignition control, causing terminal V1 on the ignition control to de-energize. This interrupts the 24-volt signal to the gas valve and immediately closes it. Since terminal TH on the ignition control and W on the blower control board remain energized, the induced draft blower and the circulating air blower continue to run. 2. The 24-volt signal to the ignition control can only be restored if the rollout switch is manually reset. 3. Once the cause of the rollout switch being tripped has been determined, the switch can be reset. 4. With the rollout switch reset, terminal P.SW on the ignition control again energizes. The ignition control makes a trial for ignition and operation returns to normal. SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-26 HWC122, 182, 242, 302 (w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Contr ol) Control) CIRCUITS ENERGIZED OPERATING MODE 208/230-1-60 COPPER CONDUCTORS POWER SUPPLY ONLY WHITE LIMIT SWITCH C NC WHITE WHITE FLAME SENSOR WHITE NO MANUAL RESET PRESSURE SWITCH LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED) LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD RED BLUE BLUE BLACK BLACK V1 P.SW S1 TS IND L1 V2 ORANGE ORANGE IGNITION CONTROL GAS VALVE CIRCUIT R-W R-G-Y R-G HEATING COOLING FAN WHITE R R W W Y G Y G BROWN GND COMBUSTION BLOWER BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK CONNECTOR BLOCK GREEN WHITE RED YELLOW BLUE GREEN RED ELECTRODE CABLE NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE MUST BE USED. BLACK BROWN C YELLOW HERM BLACK S R L1 T1 RED T2 L2 BLOWER CONTROL CAPACITY BLOWER H L1 BLOWER MOTOR C R W G BLUE BLK BROWN C BLK BLK BLUE RED YEL BLACK 240V BLUE RED BLK COMP T’STAT (IF USED) SEE TABLE 208V TRANSFORMER YEL RED RED SEE TABLE FOR WIRING BLACK CONTACTOR YEL YEL TIME DELAY (IF USED) RED FAN COM BLUE CONDENSER FAN VIOLET BLACK CAPACITOR-RUN EVAPORATOR MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS MODELS HEATING COOLING 26HWC122 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE) 38HWC122 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE) 38HWC182 LOW (RED) LOW (RED) 51HWC182 MED (BLUE) LOW (RED) 64HWC182 HIGH (BLK) LOW (RED) 38HWC242 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE) 51HWC242 MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE) 64HWC242 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE) 51HWC302 MED (BLUE) HIGH (BLK) 64HWC302 HIGH (BLK) HIGH (BLK) * JUMPER REQUIRED * * * #39007D4 WHITE GREEN Note: On units that are equipped with a low ambient switch (designated with an “SA” in the model number), sequence of operation during cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall below the normal operating range. For more information on the low ambient switch equipped version of this unit, see the section beginning on page 2-38. Connection Diagram SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 2-5 Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-27 Simplified Sequence - HWC122, 182, 242, 302 (w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control) Refer to Figure 2-5 CALL FOR HEAT CALL FOR COOLING 1. The thermostat energizes the R-W circuit, sending a 24-volt signal to the W wire at the unit. 2. The 24-volt signal is sent to the ignition control, closing the combustion blower relay and causing the combustion blower to run. 3. The 24-volt signal is also sent to the blower control board, starting a 30-second circulation air blower “on” delay. 4. As the combustion blower reaches full speed, it closes the pressure switch. 5. A 24-volt signal is sent from the pressure switch to the ignition control. Following a 30-second prepurge delay, this signal energizes the spark terminal. 6. The gas valve solenoid energizes at the same time as the spark terminal, causing the gas valve to open and the burners to light. 7. The spark ignitor continues to spark for approximately six seconds or until flame is sensed by the flame sensor electrode. 8. The unit will operate normally until the R-W circuit is de-energized by the thermostat, interrupting the 24volt signal to the unit. 9. When the signal is interrupted, the gas valve deenergizes and closes immediately. 10. The combustion blower relay de-energizes several seconds later, causing the combustion blower to stop. 11. The blower control board starts a 90-second circulating air blower “off” delay. 12. Following the 90-second delay, the circulating air blower stops. 1. A call for cooling closes the circuit from R to Y and G. 2. A 24-volt signal is sent to blower control board terminal G and to the compressor contactor. The contactor closes, sending line voltage to the compressor and the outdoor condenser fan. 3. With a 24-volt signal at terminal G on the blower control board, the circulating air blower starts in cooling speed 15 seconds later (see note below). 4. When the cooling call is completed, G and Y deenergize. The contactor opens immediately, stopping the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan. When G de-energizes, the timer to turn off the circulating air blower starts. The blower turns off after 90 seconds (see note below). FLAME SENSE FAN ON 1. When the thermostat switch is moved to the “FAN ON” position, the circuit between R and G closes. 2. The 24-volt signal from G goes to the blower control board which starts the timer. 3. Fifteen seconds after terminal G on the blower control board energizes (or immediately after - see note below), the circulating air blower starts. 4. When terminal G on the blower control board deenergizes, the timer to turn off the circulating air blower starts. The blower turns off after 90 seconds (see note below). Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on” delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90 seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no “on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. After the spark electrode has lit the main burners, the ignition control waits approximately six seconds for a flame sense signal. 2. If a flame sense signal is not received after approximately six seconds, the ignition control de-energizes the spark terminal and gas valve. 3. The thermostat R-W circuit sends a 24-volt signal to the blower control board, starting the circulating air blower (after a 30-second delay). 4. The unit initiates three trials for ignition (flame sense) before system lockout. Detailed Sequence follows SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-28 Detailed Sequence - HWC122, 182, 242, 302 (w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control) Refer to Figure 2-5 POWER Line Voltage When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from the thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied to both black wires located in the junction block on top of the unit. Line voltage will be present at the following locations: First black wire 1. L-1 on the ignition module 2. L-1 on the contactor 3. L-1 on the blower control board 4. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or 240V (whichever is being used) Second black wire 1. Supplies power to the induced draft blower 2. L-2 on the contactor 3. Common terminal on the transformer 4. T-2 on the contactor 5. Red wire on the R terminal of the compressor 6. Red wire to the common terminals on the capacitors Low Voltage (24 VAC) With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24 volts A/C will be found at these points: 1. Red wire exiting the top of the unit 2. Terminal marked 24VAC on the ignition control 3. Terminal R on the blower control board CALL FOR HEAT Line Voltage The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W. The following is the sequence of operation for the line voltage side of the unit: Low Voltage 1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the white wire on the unit. 2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit switch, ignition control terminal TS and terminal W on the blower control board. 3. When W energizes, the timer starts a countdown to circulating air blower “on”. The blower starts in approximately 60 seconds. 4. The 24-volt signal sent to the TS terminal closes a relay in the ignition control. This starts the induced draft blower by energizing terminal IND on the ignition control. 5. As the induced draft blower comes up to speed and creates enough negative pressure, the pressure switch closes. The 24-volt signal is sent from the pressure switch to one side of the Normally Closed manual reset rollout switch. If the rollout switch is closed, the 24-volt signal is passed through the switch to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. This initiates a 30-second prepurge period. 6. After the 30-second pre-purge period, a trial for ignition starts by energizing the spark terminal and the V1 terminal simultaneously. The 24-volt signal from V1 energizes the gas valve solenoid, causing it to open. These actions cause the burners to light. 7. After the burners are lit, a flame sense is picked up by the flame sense rod located at the opposite end of the burner rack from the spark electrodes. The flame sense signal is sent to the S1 terminal of the ignition control. The unit continues to operate as long as W is energized. 8. When the call for heat is satisfied, the circuit between R and W is interrupted, de-energizing W. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. Terminal TS (24-volt) energizes on the ignition control, causing a relay in the ignition control to close. This sends line voltage to the terminal marked IND, causing the induced draft blower to start. 2. When W is energized, a 24-volt signal is also sent to the W terminal on the blower control board. The 24-volt signal starts the timer on the blower control board. After 60 seconds, the heat speed relay on the blower control board closes. This sends line voltage from the terminal marked HEAT to the circulating air blower, starting the blower. The induced draft blower and the circulating air blower continue to operate until the heat call is satisfied, interrupting the circuit between R and W. The W terminal de-energizes, causing the blower relay to open approximately 90 seconds later. This interrupts the line voltage to the circulating air blower and the blower shuts down. Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-29 9. With W de-energized, the gas valve closes immediately and the induced draft blower stops several seconds later. 10. The blower control board starts a 90-second circulating air blower “off” delay. Approximately 90 seconds later, the blower stops. FLAME SENSE 1. During a call for heat, the spark terminal is energized and the gas valve is opened to light the burners. 2. The ignition control energizes the spark terminal and the gas valve for approximately six seconds. If a flame is not sensed in this time period, the ignition control de-energizes the spark terminal and the gas valve. This causes the gas valve to close and the burners to shut off. 3. Since the 24-volt signal has been sent to the blower control board, the circulating air blower times “on” in approximately 60 seconds. 4. The induced draft blower continues to run for approximately 30 seconds, then another trial for ignition begins. 5. The ignition control runs three trials for ignition. If a flame is not sensed during these three trials, the ignition control will lockout. 6. The circulating air blower continues to run until the R-W circuit at the thermostat is interrupted. 7. The ignition control remains in lockout until 24-volt power to the ignition control is reset. LIMIT OPENS SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for heat, the following happens: 1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in the unit is too high, the contacts between terminals C and NC on the limit switch open and the contacts between C and NO close. This interrupts the 24-volt signal to the pressure switch and also deenergizes terminal P.SW on the ignition control. The gas valve closes immediately, as the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW is no longer present. The induced draft blower and the circulating air blower continue to run. Power to blower control board terminal W is maintained. The blower continues to run until the limit switch closes or the heat call at the thermostat is satisfied. 2. When the limit switch senses that the temperatures in the unit are normal, the contacts between terminals C and NO open, the contacts between terminals C and NC close and the operation of the unit returns to normal. PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) 1. If blockage of the flue occurs, negative pressure in the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set point of the pressure switch, the contacts open. This interrupts the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW on the ignition control. The gas valve closes immediately, as a relay in the ignition control opens and interrupts the signal to terminal V2 of the ignition control. 2. Terminal W on the blower control board stays energized and the circulating air blower continues to run. If negative pressure is restored, the pressure switch closes and sends a 24-volt signal to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. The ignition control makes a trial for ignition again and the operation returns to normal. ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED 1. If conditions in the burner compartment cause the rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch open, interrupting the 24-volt signal going to terminal P.SW on the ignition control. This causes the ignition control to de-energize terminal V1, interrupting the 24-volt signal to the gas valve and immediately closing it. 2. The reason the rollout switch was tripped must be determined before any corrective action is taken. 3. The signal to terminal P.SW can only be restored if the rollout switch is reset, which can only be done manually. The W terminal on the blower control board remains energized and the circulating air blower continues to operate. Once the rollout switch is reset, the operation of the unit returns to normal. CALL FOR COOLING Line Voltage On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the circuit between Y, G and R. 1. With Y energized, the contactor closes. This sends line voltage to compressor terminal C, causing the compressor to start. The outdoor fan also starts, drawing air through the outdoor coil. 2. Terminal G on the blower control board also energizes at same time as Y. This starts the timer on the blower control board. Approximately 15 seconds later (or immediately - see note on page 230), the terminal marked COOL energizes. This sends line voltage to the circulating air blower, starting the blower. SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-30 3. The unit continues cooling as long as both Y and G are energized. When the cooling call is satisfied, the circuit between Y, G and R is interrupted. The contactor immediately opens, interrupting power to the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan. 4. With the low voltage signal to terminal G on the blower control board interrupted, the board starts a countdown to blower “off”. After approximately 90 seconds, the cooling speed relay opens and the circulating air blower shuts down (see note at the end of this section). Note: Heatcraft blower control boards have a G “on” delay of 15 seconds and an “off” delay of 90 seconds. Tridelta blower control boards have no “on” time delay and a 60 -130 second “off” delay. Low Voltage 1. On a call for cooling, the thermostat closes the circuit between R and terminals G and Y. 2. The 24-volt signal energizes terminal G on the blower control board, starting the fan “on” timer. After approximately 15 seconds, the relay closes (see note at the end of this section). This sends line voltage to the COOLING speed terminal on the board, which starts the circulating air blower. 3. The signal from Y energizes the contactor, starting the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan. 4. When the cooling call is satisfied, both G and Y deenergize. The contactor opens immediately, causing the compressor and the outdoor cooling fan to stop. 5. The circulating air blower stops approximately 90 seconds after the G terminal on the blower control board de-energizes (see note at the end of this section). FAN ON Low Voltage SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. When the switch on the thermostat is moved to the “FAN ON” position, a 24-volt signal is sent to the G terminal on the blower control board. 2. With G energized, the blower control board starts a countdown to fan “on”. Approximately 15 seconds later (or immediately - see note at the end of this section), the fan starts. 3. The blower control board closes a relay on the board, sending line voltage to the terminal on the board marked COOL. This starts the circulating air blower. 4. When the switch at the thermostat is moved to the “OFF” position, the 24-volt signal to the blower control board is interrupted. With no signal at the G terminal, the blower control board starts a countdown to fan “off”. Approximately 90 seconds later, a relay on the blower control board opens (see note at the end of this section). This interrupts the power to and stops the circulating air blower. Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-31 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 BLANK PAGE SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-32 HW (Heating Only) (w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control) CIRCUITS ENERGIZED OPERATING MODE BROWN MANUAL RESET WHITE WHITE FLAME NO LIMIT SWITCH NC PRESSURE SWITCH WHITE WHITE SENSOR C LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED) LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED) LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD WHITE RED BLUE BLUE ORANGE ORANGE BLACK BLACK V1 P.SW S1 TS IND L1 IGNITION V2 CONTROL GAS VALVE R R W W Y G Y G GND BLACK BLACK GREEN WHITE RED YELLOW BLUE GREEN RED ELECTRODE CABLE CIRCUIT R-W HEATING 208/230-1-60 COPPER CONDUCTORS POWER SUPPLY ONLY COMBUSTION BLOWER BLACK BLACK THERMOSTAT NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE MUST BE USED. BLUE C BLACK BLUE RED YELLOW BROWN CAPACITOR BLOWER BLOWER CONTROL BLOWER MOTOR BLACK TRANSFORMER L1 H BLOWER R W 208 240 BLUE SEE CHART FOR WIRING GREEN WHITE RED YELLOW MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS HEATING MODELS LOW (RED) 26HW HIGH (BLACK) 38HW MED (BLUE) 51HW HIGH (BLACK) 64HW WHITE RED #39247D1 Connection Diagram SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 2-6 Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-33 Simplified Sequence - HW (w/Fenwal 05-29 Board) Refer to Figure 2-6 CALL FOR HEAT SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. The indoor thermostat calls for heat by energizing the R-W circuit. 2. This sends a 24-volt signal to the ignition control, causing the induced draft blower to run. 3. A 24-volt signal is also sent to the blower control board at this time, starting a 60-second circulating air blower “on” delay. The circulating air blower starts 60 seconds after the initial call for heat. 4. The induced draft blower causes the pressure switch to close which starts a 30-second pre-purge. After the pre-purge period, the burners ignite. 5. The unit operates in the heating mode until the indoor thermostat setting is reached and the R-W circuit is interrupted. 6. When the R-W circuit is interrupted, the 24-volt signal to the ignition control and the signal to the blower control board are interrupted. 7. The induced draft blower stops within several seconds and a 90-second circulating air blower “off” delay starts. Following the delay period, the circulating air blower shuts off. Detailed Sequence follows SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-34 Detailed Sequence - HW (w/Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control) Refer to Figure 2-6 POWER Line Voltage When the service disconnect switch is closed, power is sent to the unit (unit in standby, no signal from the thermostat). Power (208 - 230 volts A/C) is supplied to both black wires located in the junction block on top of the unit. Line voltage will be present at the following locations: First black wire 1. L-1 on the ignition module 2. Terminal on the transformer marked 208V or 240V (whichever is being used) 3. Circulating air blower capacitor terminal Second black wire 1. Supplies power to the induced draft blower 2. Common terminal on the transformer 3. Terminal L-1 on the blower control board Low Voltage (24 VAC) With the unit at rest (no call from the thermostat), 24 volts A/C will be found at these points: 1. 2. 3. 4. Red wire exiting the top of the unit Terminal R on the blower control board Terminal NO on the limit switch Terminal on the transformer marked 24V CALL FOR HEAT Line Voltage The thermostat closes the circuit between R and W. The following is the sequence of operation for the line voltage side of the unit: Low Voltage 1. A call for heat closes the circuit in the thermostat between R and W, sending a 24-volt signal to the white wire on the unit. 2. The white wire goes to the C terminal on the limit switch, ignition control terminal TS and terminal W on the blower control board. 3. When W energizes, the timer starts a countdown to circulating air blower “on”. The blower starts in approximately 60 seconds. 4. The 24-volt signal sent to the TS terminal closes a relay in the ignition control. This starts the induced draft blower by energizing terminal IND on the ignition control. 5. As the induced draft blower comes up to speed and creates enough negative pressure, the pressure switch closes. The 24-volt signal is sent from the pressure switch to one side of the Normally Closed manual reset rollout switch. If the rollout switch is closed, the 24-volt signal is passed through the switch to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. This initiates a 30-second pre-purge period. 6. After the 30-second pre-purge period, a trial for ignition starts by energizing the spark terminal and the V1 terminal simultaneously. The 24-volt signal from V1 energizes the gas valve solenoid, causing it to open. These actions cause the burners to light. 7. After the burners are lit, a flame sense is picked up by the flame sense rod located at the opposite end of the burner rack from the spark electrodes. The flame sense signal is sent to the S1 terminal of the ignition control. The unit continues to operate as long as W is energized. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1. Terminal TS (24-volt) energizes on the ignition control, causing a relay in the ignition control to close. This sends line voltage to the terminal marked IND, causing the induced draft blower to start. 2. When W is energized, a 24-volt signal is also sent to the W terminal on the blower control board. The 24-volt signal starts the timer on the blower control board. After 60 seconds, the relay on the blower control board closes. This sends line voltage from the terminal marked L-1 to the terminal marked H on the blower control board, starting the circulating air blower. The induced draft blower and the circulating air blower continue to operate until the heat call is satisfied, interrupting the circuit between R and W. The ignition control de-energizes the induced draft blower relay, interrupting L-1 power to the induced draft blower. The induced draft blower stops several seconds later. The W terminal on the blower control board de-energizes, starting a 90-second blower “off” delay. This interrupts the line voltage to the circulating air blower and after 90 seconds, the blower shuts down. Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-35 8. When the call for heat is satisfied, the circuit between R and W is interrupted, de-energizing W. 9. With W de-energized, the gas valve closes immediately and the induced draft blower stops several seconds later. 10. The blower control board starts a 90-second blower “off” delay. Approximately 90 seconds later, the blower stops. FLAME SENSE 1. During a call for heat, the spark terminal is energized and the gas valve is opened to light the burners. 2. The ignition control energizes the spark terminal and the gas valve for approximately six seconds. If a flame is not sensed in this time period, the ignition control de-energizes the spark terminal and the gas valve. This causes the gas valve to close and the burners to shut off. 3. Since the 24-volt signal has been sent to the blower control board, the circulating air blower times on in approximately 60 seconds. 4. The induced draft blower continues to run for approximately 30 seconds, then another trial for ignition begins. 5. The ignition control runs three trials for ignition. If a flame is not sensed during these three trials, the ignition control will lockout. 6. The circulating air blower continues to run until the R-W circuit at the thermostat is interrupted. 7. The ignition control remains in lockout until 24-volt power to the ignition control is reset. LIMIT OPENS SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 If the limit switch opens for any reason during a call for heat, the following happens: 1. If the limit switch senses that the temperature in the unit is too high, the contacts between terminals C and NC on the limit switch open and the contacts between C and NO close. This interrupts the 24-volt signal to the pressure switch and also deenergizes terminal P.SW on the ignition control. The gas valve closes immediately, as the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW is no longer present. The induced draft blower and the circulating air blower continue to run. Power to blower control board terminal W is maintained. The blower continues to run until the limit switch closes or the heat call at the thermostat is satisfied. 2. When the limit switch senses that the temperatures in the unit are normal, the contacts between terminals C and NO open, the contacts between terminals C and NC close and the operation of the unit returns to normal. PRESSURE SWITCH OPENS (BLOCKED FLUE) 1. If blockage of the flue occurs, negative pressure in the induced draft blower is reduced. At the set point of the pressure switch, the contacts open. This interrupts the 24-volt signal to terminal P.SW on the ignition control. The gas valve closes immediately, as a relay in the ignition control opens and interrupts the signal to terminal V2 of the ignition control. 2. Terminal W on the blower control board stays energized and the circulating air blower continues to run. If negative pressure is restored, the pressure switch closes and sends a 24-volt signal to the P.SW terminal on the ignition control. The ignition control makes a trial for ignition again and the operation returns to normal. ROLLOUT SWITCH ACTIVATED 1. If conditions in the burner compartment cause the rollout switch to trip, the contacts on the switch open, interrupting the 24-volt signal going to terminal P.SW on the ignition control. This causes the ignition control to de-energize terminal V1, interrupting the 24-volt signal to the gas valve and immediately closing it. 2. The reason the rollout switch was tripped must be determined before any corrective action is taken. 3. The signal to terminal P.SW can only be restored if the rollout switch is reset, which can only be done manually. The W terminal on the blower control board remains energized and the circulating air blower continues to operate. Once the rollout switch is reset, the operation of the unit returns to normal. SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-36 HWC123, 183, 243, 303 Low Ambient (w/United Technologies 1097 Spark Ignition System) CONNECTION DIAGRAM CIRCUITS ENERGIZED 208/230-1-60 COPPER CONDUCTORS POWER SUPPLY ONLY OPERATING MODE HEATING COOLING FAN } YELLOW RED BLUE BLACK COOL BLACK (WHEN USED) WHITE IGNITION CONTROL 4 5 6 1 2 3 RED LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY LINE VOLTAGE-FACTORY WHEN USED LINE VOLTAGE-FIELD LOW VOLTAGE-FACTORY LOW VOLTAGE-FIELD ELECTRODE GND 24VAC Y C W G R PRESSURE SWITCH BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK VIOLET UNUSED HEAT L1 CNB WHITE RED GREEN BLACK COMBUSTION BLOWER R R G G Y Y W W RED BLUE YELLOW ORANGE THERMOSTAT NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE MUST BE USED. GREEN ORANGE ORANGE AUTO RESET MANUAL RESET LIMIT SWITCH LIMIT SWITCH } FLAME ROD GAS VALVE BLUE VIOLET CIRCUIT R-W R-G-Y R-G RED BLACK FAN CONTROL BLK FAN RELAY 208 V BLACK CONDENSER FAN CONTACTOR BLACK BROWN FAN COM 240 V BLK VIOLET CAPACITOR-RUN C YELLOW S COMP HERM R BLACK T1 L1 T2 L2 RED RED RED CONNECTOR BLOCK BLUE RED TRANSFORMER YELLOW EVAP. MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS MODELS HEATING COOLING 26HWC123SA LOW (RED) MED (BLUE) 38HWC123SA HIGH(BLACK) MED (BLUE) 38HWC183SA LOW (RED) LOW (RED)* 51HWC183SA MED (BLUE) LOW (RED) 64HWC183SA HIGH(BLACK) LOW (RED) MED (BLUE) 38HWC243SA LOW (RED) 51HWC243SA MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE)* 64HWC243SA HIGH(BLACK) MED (BLUE) 51HWC303SA MED (BLUE) HIGH(BLACK) 64HWC303SA HIGH(BLACK) HIGH(BLACK)* *JUMPER REQUIRED BLUE #45005-2 YELLOW SEE CHART FOR WIRING BLACK YELLOW BROWN CAPACITOR BLOWER BLUE RED DIAGNOSTICS H M L TERMINAL BLOCK Connection Diagram The following blower/ignition control board LED codes will indicate normal or abnormal operations: SLOW FLASH Normal Operation, No Call for Heat FAST FLASH Normal Operation, Call for Heat 2 FLASH System Lockout - Failed to Detect or Sustain Flame 3 FLASH Pressure Switch Open or Closed 4 FLASH High Limit or Rollout Switch Open 5 FLASH Flame Sensed and Gas Valve Not Energized STEADY Internal Failure (Micro-controller Failure; Self-check) SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 2-7 BLOWER MOTOR Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-37 HWC123,183, 243, 303 Low Ambient Model Refer to Figure 2-7 The low ambient switch is designed to allow the operation of the air conditioning unit below the normal operating range. On units equipped with this switch, sequence of operation during a cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall below the normal operating range. The switch will interrupt the operation of the outdoor cooling fan when the temperature of the liquid line coming in from the outdoor coil falls below 55° F. When the temperature of the liquid line rises to 95° F, the switch will close and the outdoor fan will resume operation. The low ambient switch does not affect any other facet of the operation of the unit. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 To see simplified and detailed sequences of operation for the HWC123, 183, 243, 303 models, refer to pages 2-5 to 2-9. SPECIFICATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 2-38 HWC122, 182, 242, 302 Low Ambient CIRCUITS ENERGIZED OPERATING MODE WHITE PRESSURE SWITCH C WHITE R R W Y G W THERMOSTAT Y G BROWN COMBUSTION BLOWER BLACK BLACK NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ORIGINAL WIRES ARE REPLACED, THE SAME SIZE AND TYPE WIRE MUST BE USED. GREEN WHITE RED YELLOW BLUE GREEN RED BLACK BLACK BLUE BLUE V2 GND ELECTRODE CABLE GAS VALVE NC RED WHITE ORN ORN NO MANUAL RESET WHITE TH P.SW VI IND L1 24VAC LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY LINE VOLTAGE - FACTORY (WHEN USED) LINE VOLTAGE - FIELD LOW VOLTAGE - FACTORY LOW VOLTAGE - FIELD LIMIT SWITCH PINK IGNITION CONTROL CIRCUIT R-W R-G-Y R-G HEATING COOLING FAN 208/230-1-60 COPPER CONDUCTORS POWER SUPPLY ONLY BLACK BLACK BLACK CONNECTOR BLOCK CONDENSER FAN VIOLET CAPACITOR-RUN BLACK BLACK FAN RELAY CONTACTOR C S HERM R BLACK RED BRN CAPACITOR BLOWER BLOWER MOTOR C H L1 BLACK BLK BLU RED T2 L2 1 BLACK BLACK 208V C R W G SEE TABLE BLUE BLUE RED YELLOW YELLOW WHITE GREEN 24V 3 FAN CONTROL BLACK 240V TRANSFORMER SEE TABLE FOR WIRING YEL L1 BLACK RED RED T1 RED BROWN YELLOW BLUE FAN COM EVAPORATOR MOTOR SPEED CONNECTIONS MODELS HEATING COOLING 26HWC122 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE) 38HWC122 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE) 38HWC182 LOW (RED) LOW (RED) 51HWC182 MED (BLUE) LOW (RED) 64HWC182 HIGH (BLK) LOW (RED) 38HWC242 LOW (RED) MED (BLUE) 51HWC242 MED (BLUE) MED (BLUE) 64HWC242 HIGH (BLK) MED (BLUE) 51HWC302 MED (BLUE) HIGH (BLK) 64HWC302 HIGH (BLK) HIGH (BLK) * JUMPER REQUIRED * * * #44358-2 Connection Diagram SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 2-8 Service Reference Manual SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 2-39 HWC122,182, 242, 302 Low Ambient Model Refer to Figure 2-8 The low ambient switch is designed to allow the operation of the air conditioning unit below the normal operating range. On units equipped with this switch, sequence of operation during a cooling call is modified when outdoor temperatures fall below the normal operating range. The switch will interrupt the operation of the outdoor cooling fan when the temperature of the liquid line coming in from the outdoor coil falls below 55° F. When the temperature of the liquid line rises to 95° F, the switch will close and the outdoor fan will resume operation. The low ambient switch does not affect any other facet of the operation of the unit. To see simplified and detailed sequences of operation for the HWC122, 182, 242, 302 models equipped with the Fenwal Triton 2461D DSI Ignition Control, refer to pages 2-17 to 2-20. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 To see simplified and detailed sequences of operation for the HWC122, 182, 242, 302 models equipped with the Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control, refer to pages 2-27 to 2-30. Service Reference Manual UNIT TEAR DOWN 3-1 Section 3 - Unit Tear Down Heating Section Heat Exchanger Removal ............................ 3-2 Induced Draft Blower Removal ..................... 3-2 Cooling Section SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Chassis Removal ........................................ 3-4 Evaporator Blower Assembly Removal .......... 3-6 UNIT TEAR DOWN Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 3-2 UNIT TEAR DOWN HWC units are comprised of two major sections. The heating section is located in the top half of the unit. It contains the heat exchanger and the majority of the components associated with the heating function: controls, burners, switches, etc.... The total heating section is not removable as a complete unit. The heat exchanger may be removed separately for service (see below). The cooling section is located in the lower half of the unit. It contains the compressor, coils and motors that make up the refrigeration system. The cooling section is referred to as the “chassis” of the cooling system. The chassis is removable as a complete unit. Removal of the chassis allows service to be performed away from the job site, thus allowing a spare chassis to be installed to reduce downtime at a residence. Bench tests may be performed on chassis. See the Performance Test section beginning on page 9-11 for chassis performance data of both bench tested and installed units. Heating Section Heat Exchanger Removal: The heat exchanger may be removed from the unit through the front side. Refer to the following directions and Figure 3-1. To remove the heat exchanger: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Disconnect all power to the unit. Shut off and disconnect the gas supply. Open the burner access panel. Remove the burner tray and the gas valve. Remove the front heat section panel. Remove the vestibule panel. Remove the heat exchanger. Induced Draft (Combustion) Blower Removal: Refer to the following directions and Figure 3-1. To remove the induced draft blower: 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect all power to the unit. Shut off and disconnect the gas supply. Remove the plate mounting screws. Slide the induced draft blower out. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT TEAR DOWN 3-3 PLATE MOUNTING SCREWS INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER/ COMBUSTION BLOWER HEAT EXCHANGER FRONT HEAT SECTION PANEL GAS VALVE HEATING SECTION VESTIBULE PANEL CONTROL SECTION BURNER TRAY COOLING SECTION BURNER ACCESS PANEL FILTER ACCESS DOOR SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Figure 3-1 UNIT TEAR DOWN Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 3-4 Cooling Section Chassis Removal: The cooling chassis may be removed from behind the filter access door. Refer to the following directions and Figures 3-1 to 3-4. To remove the cooling chassis: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Disconnect all power to the unit. Shut off and disconnect the gas supply. Remove the filter access door (Figure 3-1). Disconnect L1 and L2 from the compressor contactor (Figure 3-2). Disconnect the 6-pin low voltage molex plug (Figure 3-2). Remove the filler panel by removing the four hold down screws (Figure 3-2). Remove the right side chassis screw (Figure 3-2). Remove the permagum seal on the base rails of the chassis (Figure 3-4). Disconnect the drain tube from the evaporator drain pan (Figure 3-3). Remove the chassis from the front of the unit, pulling it toward yourself (Figure 3-4). L1/L2 WIRES RIGHT SIDE CHASSIS SCREW HOLD DOWN SCREWS FILLER PANEL 6-PIN LOW VOLTAGE MOLEX PLUG Figure 3-2 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT TEAR DOWN 3-5 EVAPORATOR BLOWER MOTOR Figure 3-3 EVAPORATOR COMPRESSOR EVAPORATOR DRAIN TUBE CONNECTION EVAPORATOR DRAIN PAN CHASSIS SHOWN PARTIALLY REMOVED LOW VOLTAGE MOLEX PLUG Figure 3-4 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 EVAPORATOR DRAIN TUBE CONNECTION PERMAGUM SEAL DRAIN HOSE (NOT PICTURED) ARMSTRONG P/N 03613A001 17" LONG .63" (5/8") I.D. .13" WALL THICKNESS UNIT TEAR DOWN Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 3-6 Evaporator Blower Assembly Removal: The evaporator blower assembly is removable as one complete section. To remove the assembly, the chassis must be removed first (see page 34). Refer to the following directions and Figure 3-5. To remove the evaporator blower assembly: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the four mounting screws from the blower assembly. Remove the four control panel screws. Slide control panel toward yourself about 1". Disconnect the electrical wiring to the motor. Pull blower assembly up and out from chassis. MOUNTING SCREWS EVAPORATOR BLOWER ASSEMBLY ION TAT RO CONTROL PANEL SCREWS Figure 3-5 CHASSIS BASE PERMAGUM SEAL (BETWEEN BASE RAIL AND CHASSIS BASE) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS 4-1 Section 4 - Component Location Illustrations HW/HWC(3) Unit ................................. 4-2 HW/HWC(2) Unit ................................. 4-3 HW/HWC - Panels................................ 4-4 HW/HWC - Exterior Louver/Grill Panel .. 4-5 HWC Chassis Assembly ........................ 4-6 HWC Chassis Assembly - Top View ......... 4-7 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 HWC Chassis Assembly Circulating Air Blower Partially Removed 4-8 COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 4-2 HW/HWC123,183,243,303 IGNITION/BLOWER CONTROL BOARD (*24) UNITED TECHNOLOGIES 1097-83-400A/1097-400-I (DSI)* ARMSTRONG P/N 44990-001 MAIN LIMIT SWITCH (*52) ARMSTRONG P/N 40154B007 GAS VALVE HONEYWELL VR8105M8202 ARMSTRONG P/N 44987-001 HEATING SECTION CONTROL SECTION PRESSURE SWITCH (*57) COOLING SECTION BURNER TRAY * SEE COMPONENT SECTION FOR FURTHER DETAIL OF IGNITION/BLOWER CONTROL FIGURE 4-1 The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These numbers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS 4-3 HW/HWC122, 182, 242, 302 FENWAL IGNITION CONTROL - 2 MODELS (*24) FENWAL TRITON 2461D 900-227 - ARMSTRONG P/N 43110-002 FENWAL 05-29 - ARMSTRONG P/N 39048B001 (SEE NOTE BELOW) MAIN LIMIT SWITCH (*52) FLUE BOX INDUCED DRAFT BLOWER/ COMBUSTION BLOWER (*63) ARMSTRONG P/N 41144-001 GAS VALVE (*7) WHITE RODGERS 25K49-120 ARMSTRONG P/N 43108-001 COMBUSTION AIR INLET (5") HEATING SECTION BURNER COVER BURNER TRAY ASSEMBLY BECKETT BURNER MODELS: TL109A-26K TL109B-38K TL109C-51K TL109D-64K CONTROL SECTION COOLING SECTION INDIVIDUAL BURNERS (*34) BECKETT - ARMSTRONG P/N 41948-001 ARMSTRONG - ARMSTRONG P/N 39006B001 FLAME ROLLOUT SWITCH (*55) PRESSURE SWITCH (*57) NOTE: SEE COMPONENT SECTION FOR FURTHER DETAIL OF IGNITION/BLOWER CONTROL MODELS FIGURE 4-2 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These numbers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1. COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 4-4 HW/HWC - Panels HEAT EXCHANGER ACCESS PANEL ARMSTRONG P/N 38782D001 TOP PANEL ASSEMBLY ARMSTRONG P/N 03455D007 INSPECTION WINDOW ARMSTRONG P/N 38092A002 SIDE PANEL ARMSTRONG P/N 38769D001 UPPER LOUVER PANEL ARMSTRONG P/N 03545C000 LOWER GRILL PANEL ARMSTRONG P/N 03551D100 COOLING CONTROL ACCESS PANEL ARMSTRONG P/N 03938C004 HEATING COMPARTMENT DOOR ARMSTRONG P/N 38987B004 DOOR HANDLE ARMSTRONG P/N 37701B001 SIDE PANEL ARMSTRONG P/N 38769D002 FILTER ACCESS DOOR ARMSTRONG P/N 38785D001 (FILTER - 16.5" x 25" x .50" ARMSTRONG P/N 06131B046) UNIT BASE SECTION* ARMSTRONG P/N 34805B003 UNIT BASE SECTION* ARMSTRONG P/N 38771D101 * THE BASE PAN ASSEMBLY CONSISTS OF 2 SECTIONS FIGURE 4-3 Note: Panels and other associated parts found in the drawing above are not listed in the Parts List section that begins on page 8-1. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS 4-5 HW/HWC Exterior Louver/Grill Panel SIDE VIEW CONDENSER AIR FLOW OUTLET EXTERIOR UPPER LOUVER PANEL ARMSTRONG P/N 03545C000 LOUVERS POINT UPWARD AT 45° ANGLE EXTERIOR LOWER GRILL PANEL ARMSTRONG P/N 03551D100 CONDENSER AIR FLOW INLET GRILL IS FLAT WITH RECTANGULAR OPENINGS FIGURE 4-4 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Note: Panels found in the drawing above are not listed in the Parts List section that begins on page 8-1. COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 4-6 HWC Chassis Assembly EVAPORATOR BLOWER MOTOR (*69) COMPRESSOR CAPACITOR (*271) COMPRESSOR CONTACTOR (*278) ARMSTRONG P/N 03575C001 CONDENSING FAN SHROUD CONDENSING FAN CAPACITOR (*271) CONDENSER FAN (*267, 268) CONDENSING COIL (*250) CAPILLARY TUBE METERING DEVICE (*256) BLOWER CONTROL BOARD (*5) ARMSTRONG P/N 39029B002 FILTER RETAINER ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001 FILTER DRIER/DISTRIBUTOR (*301) (12) ARMSTRONG P/N 39059B001 (18-24) ARMSTRONG P/N 39059B002 (30) ARMSTRONG P/N 39059B003 LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL TRANSFORMER (*1) ARMSTRONG P/N 39370B001 SUCTION LINE/PORT FILTER STOP ARMSTRONG P/N 38073BOO1 FILTER SIZE 16.5" X 25.5" X .5" EVAPORATOR (*255) DISCHARGE LINE/PORT COMPRESSOR (*262) FILTER RETAINER EVAPORATOR DRAIN PAN ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001 ARMSTRONG P/N 38918B001 FIGURE 4-5 The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These numbers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS 4-7 HWC Chassis Assembly - Top View SEE FIGURE 4-7 FOR CIRCULATING AIR BLOWER COMPONENTS CONDENSER MOTOR (*267) (12-18) ARMSTRONG P/N 41282-001 (24-30) ARMSTRONG P/N 41254-001 CONDENSER FAN MOTOR BRACKET (*269) ARMSTRONG P/N 03982D004 FAN SHROUD FAN BLADE (*268) (12-18) ARMSTRONG P/N 39085B001 (3 BLADE/24° PITCH/18”) (24-30) ARMSTRONG P/N 39062B001 (5 BLADE/26° PITCH/18”) FIGURE 4-6 The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These numbers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 3-7 TOP VIEW — HWC CHASSIS ASSEMBLY COMPONENT LOCATION ILLUSTRATIONS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 4-8 HWC Chassis Assembly Circulating Air Blower Partially Removed BLOWER WHEEL (*73) ARMSTRONG P/N 34833B001 10.75" x 4" ION TAT RO CIRCULATING AIR BLOWER MOTOR (*69) (12) ARMSTRONG P/N 39045B001 (24-30) 39046B001 MOTOR MOUNTING BRACKET (*71, 72) BAND - ARMSTRONG P/N 07407B000 (1) ARMS - ARMSTRONG P/N 07408B004 (3) SEE FIGURE 4-6 FOR FAN CONDENSING PARTS BLOWER HOUSING (*74) ARMSTRONG P/N 39010B001 FILTER RETAINER ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001 FILTER STOP ARMSTRONG P/N 38703B001 FILTER (*127) SIZE 16.5" x 25" x .50" ARMSTRONG P/N 06131B046 EVAPORATOR DRAIN TUBE CONNECTION .63" (5/8")* FILTER RETAINER ARMSTRONG P/N 38072B001 NOTE: * REQUIRES (5/8") I.D. DRAIN HOSE ARMSTRONG P/N 03613A001 (NOT SHOWN) WHEN USING A REPLACEMENT FILTER WITH A MANUFACTURED FRAME, THE DIMENSIONS MAY NEED TO BE REDUCED FOR PROPER FIT. TAKE AND RECORD MEASUREMENTS FOR PROPER FIT. FIGURE 4-7 The numbers in parentheses in the drawing above refer to the section number each part is assigned. These numbers are provided here to aid in locating the parts in the Parts List section found beginning on page 8-1. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-1 Section 5 - Unit Components Transformer ........................................ 5-3 Gas Valves ........................................... 5-4 White-Rodgers 25K49 ................................ 5-4 Honeywell 8105 ......................................... 5-5 Blower Control Boards ......................... 5-6 United Technologies Model 1010-611 .......... 5-6 Heatcraft Model IBC-H4C401 ..................... 5-7 Ignition Controls .................................. 5-8 Fenwal Triton 2461D.................................. 5-8 Fenwal 05-29 DSI .................................... 5-10 Integrated Blower/Ignition Controls .... 5-11 Induced Draft Blower .......................... 5-14 Burners ............................................. 5-15 Manifold Orifices ................................ 5-17 Contactor .......................................... 5-18 Main (High) Limit Switch ..................... 5-19 Flame Rollout Switch .......................... 5-20 Pressure Switch ................................ 5-21 Pressure Switch Problems ........................ 5-23 Checking Pressure Switch Operation.......... 5-24 Compressors ..................................... 5-28 Tecumseh ................................................ 5-30 Copeland ................................................. 5-32 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Drier-Filters ....................................... 5-34 UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-2 HWC Capillary Tubes .......................... 5-35 Capacitors ......................................... 5-39 Evaporator Blower Motor ................... 5-40 Condenser Fan Motor ......................... 5-40 Capacitors-Run .................................. 5-41 Fan Blades ......................................... 5-42 Exterior Grill Panels ........................... 5-44 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-3 Unit Components This section provides a brief description of the most important components within the Magic-Pak HW/HWC units. The information presented here is not intended to take the place of the instructions and printed literature packed with each component by the original manufacturer. The section number for each component is listed in parentheses following the component name. This number refers to the section number assigned to each part in the Parts List section beginning on page 8-1. Transformer (*1) The transformer supplies 24 VAC from its secondary winding to operate the blower control board, gas valve and ignition control depending on the particular model. Transformers are typically rated at 40 VA, 50/60 Hz. Transformer Specifications Manufacturer: Basler Electric Model: 31264-GEK Armstrong P/N 39370B001 Primary: 208/240V Secondary: 24V Rating: 40VA Dimensions: 2.28" W x 1.94" H x 3.12" D Base - 3.25" W (2.81" between I.D. of holes) .19" x .020" Quick Connect Terminals 24 VAC Secondary 0V 24 M CO 8V 20 .188" Diameter Holes 208/240 VAC Primary .25" x .032" Quick Connect Terminals Note: Secondary leads may exit from top of transformer. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-1 24-volt Transformer (Typical Configuration) UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-4 Gas Valves (*7) White-Rodgers 25K49-120 Gas Valve Specifications Manufacturer: White-Rodgers Model: 25K49-120 Armstrong P/N 43108-001 Dimensions: 1.97" W x 5.31" L Nominal Operating Currents: 25VAC/60Hz/.5A Regulator set at 3.50 +/– .02” W.C. at 55.6 cubic Ft./Hr of air at standard conditions (with valve in vertical position, inlet up). 3/8" - 18 N.P.T. Outlet 1/8" - 27 N.P.T. Pipe Plug 3/8" - 18 N.P.T. Inlet FIGURE 5-2 White-Rodgers Gas Valve SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-5 Honeywell 8105 Series Gas Valve Specifications Manufacturer: Honeywell Model: VR8105M8202 Armstrong P/N 44987-001 Dimensions: 2.70" W x 4.75" L Nominal Operating Currents: 25VAC/60Hz/.5A Regulator Setting: 3.50 +/– .3" W.C. Pipe Size: .50" Inlet x .375" Outlet Valve Amp Draw: .5 A 1" Drop Capacity: 85,000 Btuh Max. Regulator Capacity: 120,000 Btuh Temperature Rating: – 40°F to +175°F Main Valve Terminal (Hot) Main Valve Common Terminal FIGURE 5-3 Honeywell Gas Valve FLOW Reference Tube Vent Manifold Pressure Adjustment 1/8" NPT Outlet Pressure Tap 1/8" NPT Inlet Pressure Tap FLOW ON SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 OFF On/Off Switch UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-6 Blower Control Boards (*5) A separate blower control board is used in the Magic-Pak HW/HWC models that do not use integrated ignition/blower control boards. Blower control boards from two different manufacturers are used in these HW and HWC units. The two blower control boards are explained in detail in the following pages. United Technologies Model 1010-611 Blower Control Board Specifications Manufacturer: United Technologies Model: 1010-611 Armstrong P/N 39029B002 Operating Voltage: 18-30VAC 60 Hz 60 Hz Power Requirement: 4 VA max. Operating Temperature: – 40°F to +170°F Wiring Connections: All Male .250" x .032" Quick Connect Tabs Performance Specifications (all timings +/– 1 second): Heating: On Delay Timing - 60 seconds Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds Cooling: On Delay Timing - 15 seconds Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds Heating and Cooling Output Rating: 12 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 120VAC for 100,000 Cycles 10 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 240VAC for 100,000 Cycles Both heat and cool outputs cannot be energized simultaneously. 9840A L1 COOL HEAT 24VAC Power R Cool Speed L1 Power Out Heat Speed L1 Power Out W M1 24VAC Heat Call G Fan Call (Fan On) 24VAC Cooling Call (Fan Auto) L1 Line Voltage M2 C 24VAC Common FIGURE 5-4 Dumb Terminals (Park) 39029B002 1010-83-611A United Technologies Blower Control Board 1010-611 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-7 Heatcraft Model IBC-H4C401 Blower Control Board Specifications Manufacturer: United Technologies Model: 1010-611 Armstrong P/N 39029B002 Operating Voltage: 18-30VAC 60 Hz 60 Hz Power Requirement: 4 VA max. Operating Temperature: – 40°F to +170°F Wiring Connections: All Male .250" x .032" Quick Connect Tabs Performance Specifications (all timings +/– 1 second): Heating: On Delay Timing - 60 seconds Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds Cooling: On Delay Timing - 15 seconds Off Delay Timing - 90 seconds Heating and Cooling Output Rating: 12 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 120VAC for 100,000 Cycles 10 F.L.A., 30 L.R.A. at 240VAC for 100,000 Cycles Both heat and cool outputs cannot be energized simultaneously. Cool Speed L1 Power Out Heat Speed L1 Power Out Dumb Terminal (Park) 39029B002 HEAT L1 Line Voltage COOL L1 Dumb Terminal (Park) HEATCRAFT M1 W C 24 VAC Heat Call 24 VAC Common FIGURE 5-5 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 M2 R G 24 VAC (Fan On/Cooling Fan Auto) 24 VAC Power Heatcraft Blower Control Board IBC-H4C401 UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-8 Ignition Controls (*24) Fenwal Triton 2461D Ignition Control Specifications Manufacturer: Fenwal Model: Triton 2461D Armstrong P/N 43110-002 Pre-purge: 30 seconds Ignition: 15 seconds Input: 24VAC, 50/60 Hz 300 mA Valve: 24VAC, 2.0 A max. Inducer: 120VAC, 3.0 A or 240VAC, 1.5 A, 1/4 HP Ambient: – 40°F to +160°F ANSI Z21.20-1993 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 199-M89 FC- FC+ ¨ FENWAL ® CAUTIO N: HIGH VOLTAG E DISC V2 ONNEC 24 T WIRIN GND G BEFO VAC RE SER L1 VICING IND V1 PS W TH FIGURE 5-6 Fenwal Triton 2461D Ignition Control SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-9 Diagnostics (Fenwal Triton 2461D) 1. Diagnostic LED flash rate is 1/4 second “ON”, 1/4 second “OFF” followed by up to four seconds “OFF” before repeating the code. 2. Only one code is displayed at a time. 3. During a “STEADY ON” code, the LED may blink off momentarily. 4. Diagnostic codes may be reset by removing the power from the control for three seconds, then reapplying power. (Cycle thermostat “OFF” for three seconds, then back “ON”.) The following ignition control board LED codes indicate normal or abnormal operations: TABLE 5-1 Triton 2461D Diagnostic Flash Code This code is used for up to four seconds at startup each time the control is powered to indicate that the control is performing a self diagnostic check. If a problem is detected, the STEADY ON self diagnosis will repeat for a total of five times which equals twenty seconds. If LED is on steady for 20 seconds, this indicates a control failure. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Indicates an air flow fault. Used only on models with a pressure switch input (PSW). This code is active only if the PSW input is in the improper state after a predetermined time delay. For example: If the PSW input was powered when the call for heat begins (closed contacts), the control will allow a fixed time for the PSW input to go off otherwise the LED flash will ONE FLASH commence. Conversely, if he PSW input is not powered within a fixed delay time after the inducer motor is energized, the LED flash will commence. If the PSW input is removed during a heating cycle, power will be removed from the gas valve immediately. If the PSW power input is not reapplied within a fixed time, the LED flash will commence. TWO FLASHES Indicates a flame detected out of sequence or with no call for heat. LED will flash twice as soon as flame is detected out of sequence and continue as long as the flame is present. Controls with an inducer control circuit will also power the inducer circuit when flame is detected out of sequence. THREE FLASHES Indicates ignition lockout after all ignition tries have been completed. This code will continue as long as the call for heat remains. On models equipped with one hour automatic reset, the code will stop when a new ignition attempt begins. UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-10 Fenwal 05-29 DSI Ignition Control Specifications Manufacturer: Fenwal Model: 05-29 DSI Armstrong P/N 39048B001 Relative Humidity Rating: 5 to 90% RH at 95°F Flame Current: 3 mA min. Spark Gap: 1/8" Trial for Ignition: 6.8 seconds Pre-purge: 30 seconds Input: 24VAC from TS and P.SW to ground Gas Valve Contacts: 24VAC, 600 mA max. Blower Output: Relay between L1 and IND, 10 A at 250VAC Ambient: – 40°F to +150°F FENW ® AL Series 0 AUT O MATIC 5-29 DSI IGNIT ION S YSTE M CAUT IO HIGH N VOL T AGE G N D V2 FIGURE 5-7 L1 IND T2 S1 P. SW V1 Fenwal 05-29 Ignition Control SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-11 Integrated Blower/Ignition Control (*24) United Technologies Model 1097-400-1 The integrated control combines the actions and purposes of the individual ignition and blower control boards found on other units. It automatically monitors and controls the operation of the gas burners, gas valve, induced draft blower and circulating blower. The control has a built-in diagnostic function, quick gas valve shutoff and automatic ignition retry when it detects that a fault condition has been corrected. If a fault is detected, the controls goes into fault mode and flashes the single LED indicator at a preset rate for that particular fault condition. (See Diagnostic Flash Code found in Table 4-1 on page 4-8 or Diagnostic Indicator code printed on unit label.) Integrated Control Specifications Manufacturer: United Technologies Model: 1097-400-1 Armstrong P/N 44990-001 Operating Temperature: – 40°F to +175°F Timing Tolerance: +/– 10% Input Voltage: 18-30VAC, 50/60 Hz Combustion Blower: 1/8 HP @ 120/240VAC Circulating Blower: 1/2 HP @ 120VAC, 1 HP @ 240VAC Gas Valve: 24VAC, 60 Hz, 1.0 A FLAME 24VAC GROUND UNUSED ACB HEAT ACB COOL L1 CMB BL WR SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-8 Y G R C W United Technologies Model 1097 Integrated Control UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-12 Diagnostics (United Technologies 1097-400-1) The following blower/ignition control board LED codes indicate normal or abnormal operations: TABLE 5-2 UTech Model 1097 Diagnostic Flash Code SLOW FLASH Normal Operation, No Call for Heat FAST FLASH Normal Operation, Call for Heat 2 FLASH System Lockout - Failed to Detect or Sustain Flame 3 FLASH Pressure Switch Open or Closed 4 FLASH High Limit or Rollout Switch Open 5 FLASH Flame Sensed and Gas Valve Not Energized STEADY Internal Failure (Micro-controller Failure; Self-check) United Technologies Model 1097-400-1 (cont.) Quick Connect Terminal Descriptions 1 2 4 5 9 10 11 12 24VAC HOT - from Transformer GROUND = 24VAC Return CMB BLWR = Combustion Blower (Line Voltage) L1 = Line Voltage ACB COOL = Air Circulating Blower Cool Speed (Line Voltage) ACB HEAT = Air Circulating Blower Heat Speed (Line Voltage) UNUSED (Park) FLAME = Flame Probe Molex/Amp Plug-in Description 1 2 3 4 5 6 Roll-out Switch Return Hi Limit Return/Pressure Switch Out Gas Valve Common Gas Valve Out Pressure Switch Return Roll-out Switch Out Thermostat Input 24VAC to Thermostat (RED) Manual Fan Input from Thermostat (GREEN) Heat Demand Input from Thermostat (WHITE) Common Ground to Thermostat Cool Demand Input from Thermostat (YELLOW) SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 R G W C Y Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-13 United Technologies Model 1097-400-1 (cont.) Heat Mode Pre-purge Inter-purge Post-purge Trial Time # of Trials 30 seconds 30 seconds 5 seconds 10 seconds 3 Board to reset from lockout after 60 minutes. Fan On Delay Cool Heat 5 seconds (fixed) 30 seconds (fixed) Fan Off Delay SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Cool Heat 90 seconds (fixed) 120 seconds (fixed) UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-14 Induced Draft Blower (*63) The induced draft blower is also referred to as a “combustion” blower, since its purpose is to establish flow of combustion air through the heat exchanger. Mounted at the outlet of the secondary heat exchanger, the blower establishes a negative pressure within the heat exchanger and exhausts the flue products outside the structure. Blower motors operate at a fixed speed. Induced Draft Blower Specifications Manufacturer: Magnetek Model: JBIMI37NS Armstrong P/N 41144-001 208/240VAC, 60 Hz, Single Phase, .55 FLA, 3000 RPM, .031 HP Rotation CW LE Continuous Duty Features: Ball Bearing; Stainless Steel Shaft; Motor Grounded to Blower Housing .32" Extension Barbed Tube for .096" (+/.005") I.D. Pressure Tap FIGURE 5-9 Magnetek JBIMI37NS Induced Draft Blower SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-15 Burners (*34) The Magic-Pak HW and HWC units covered in this manual use a burner design called the “inshot” type. No adjustment is provided for primary or secondary air. For best operation, keep the burners clean. Use the correct orifice size and adjust the manifold pressure for the fuel being used and the operating altitude. Burner Specifications Manufacturer: Beckett Gas Model: AR086 Armstrong P/N 41948-001 Burner Dimensions: 4.50" x 2.48" Burner Carryover Gap .025" (+/.002") Burners SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-10 Typical Burner Arrangement UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-16 Flame Carryover Problems During ignition, the flame must travel uninterrupted from one burner to the rest of the burners. Causes: • • • Carryover “wing” on burner is plugged with insects or debris Improper gap setting on wings Incorrect gas pressure The burner wing has a specified gap (typically 0.025" +/– .002"), which must carry gas and a small flame to allow flame carryover from one burner to the next. Check the gap settings on all burners. Smooth end slips into burner Flame Exit Threads into manifold .025" gap (+/ .002") for flame carryover Orifice Gas Entry FIGURE 5-11 Inshot Burners Gap = .025" +/– .002" Armstrong P/N: 41948-001 FIGURE 5-12 Burner Wing Gap SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-17 Manifold Orifices (*13) TABLE 5-3 Manifold Orifice Specifications Armstrong P/N Hole Diameter Drill Size Hole Diameter (inches) 39030B001 Blank Blank 39030B002 51 .0670 39030B003 52 .0635 39030B004 53 .0595 39030B005 54 .0550 39030B006 61 .0390 39030B007 52 .0380 39030B008 63 .0370 39030B009 44 .0860 39030B010 47 .0785 39030B011 55 .0520 39030B012 56 .0465 39030B013 65 .0350 39030B014 64 .0360 39030B015 37 .1040 39030B016 41 .0960 39030B017 40 .0980 39030B018 43 .0890 39030B019 42 .0935 Hole Diameter SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-13 Manifold Orifice UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-18 Contactor (*278) Contactor Specifications Manufacturer: Honeywell Model: R8242A-1008 Armstrong P/N 7535C001 Single-phase, Single-pole, 25 F.L.A., 125 L.R.A Coil: 24VAC, 50/60 Hz Line Voltage: 240/277 Coil Resistance at 70°F: 8 - 10 ohms L1 L2 Low Voltage Coil Terminals Open Contact T1 T2 Closed Contact FIGURE 5-14 Honeywell Contactor Model R8242A-1008 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-19 Main (High) Limit Switch (*52) A Normally Closed control that opens if abnormally high circulating air temperatures occur. It is an automatic reset control. Note: Several different main limit switches are used. Refer to the parts list for the correct limit switch. 7" Common Terminal Camstat Model L59-7B-220-30 Armstrong P/N: 01150A008 Setting: 220°F N.C. (Normally Closed) Terminal N.O. (Normally Open) Terminal FIGURE 5-15 Camstat Main Limit Switch 3.05 " (+/ .05") Manufacturer P/N: INT17L-2107 Armstrong P/N: 40154B007 Open Setting: 190°F Closed Setting: 160°F SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-16 Main Limit Switch UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-20 Flame Rollout Switch (*55) A Normally Closed switch that opens when abnormal temperatures occur in the burner area, caused by a restricted heat exchanger, causing main burner flame to “roll out” into the vestibule area. To reset the switch, push the button on top. The button is a different color from the body. Reset Button Cutout Temperature: Marked on body of switch Nominal Switch Contact Rating: 15 A @ 120VAC FIGURE 5-17 Flame Rollout Switch SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-21 Pressure Switch (*57) These are Normally Open switches that react to a difference in pressure on an internal diaphragm. It will not allow ignition to start if the induced draft blower cannot produce sufficient negative pressure relative to atmospheric pressure or pressure in a sealed burner box. Its electrical contacts will open in reaction to inadequate negative pressure resulting from excessive venting system restriction or a failed induced draft blower, thus providing protection from a change in safe, stable furnace operation. The Armstrong part number is stamped on the body of the switch. A label on the switch carries the manufacturer’s model number. Always verify the proper switch number from the parts list. Normally Open Terminal Connect to Port on Induced Draft Blower Common Terminal SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Pressure Switch Specifications Manufacturer: Tridelta Industries Electrical Rating: SPDT Elec. Load: 28 VA Pilot Duty @ 24VAC 3 FLA, 18 LRA @ 24VAC SPST Elec. Load: 5 A Resistive @ 24VAC Electrical Switch: Single Pole, Normally Open, Snap Acting Contacts Electrical Connectors: Common (C), Normally Open (NO) 1/4" x .032" thick quick connect terminals Maximum Pressure: 3" W.C. Operating Temperature Range: – 40° to 190°F Sample Line Connector: Negative; barb type for use with 3/16" or 1/4" I.D. tubing with .016" +/– .004" bleed hole Electrical Switch FIGURE 5-18 Pressure Switch UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-22 TABLE 5-4 Pressure Switches Armstrong P/N Vendor Model Number Switch Opens (inches W.C.) Color Code 41862-001 Tridelta Industries FS6080A-1889 .40 Red 41862-002 Tridelta Industries FS6080A-1891 .27 Green 41862-003 Tridelta Industries FS6080A-1890 .45 White 44819-001 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2614 .25 +/– .05 Purple 44819-002 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2615 .35 +/– .05 Blue 44819-003 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2616 .45 +/– .05 Pink 44819-004 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2617 .55 +/– .05 Red 44819-005 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2618 .60 +/– .06 Green 44819-006 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2619 .70 +/– .06 White 44819-007 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2620 .80 +/– .07 Gray 44819-008 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2621 .50+/– .05 Red 44819-009 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2622 .30 +/– .05 Orange 44819-010 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2623 .10 +/– .05 Yellow 44819-011 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2624 .40 +/– .05 Light Blue 44819-012 Tridelta Industries PPS10090-2625 .65 +/– .05 Brown Pressure Switch Problems The negative pressure developed in the combustion chamber is directly related to airflow. During furnace operation, the switch will react to conditions that reduce airflow, such as: blocked or restricted intake (combustion air piping), blockage of vent (flue) piping, blockage of the condensate drain piping, plugged pressure tap ports, leaking hoses or a failure of the induced draft blower motor. If the pressure switch has already been replaced and problems are still being experienced, follow the procedure, Checking Pressure Switch Operation (found on page 5-24). If the measured static pressure reading does not meet the switch specifications, check these items: 1. Pressure switch hose/tubing for cracks or loose connections 2. Induced draft blower wheel for corrosion or loose blades 3. Induced draft blower for tight bearings or loose inducer wheel SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-23 The measured static pressure reading should be compared to the pressure switch specifications. If the measured static pressure meets or exceeds the specifications and switch contacts will not transfer, check the following items: • • • • Switch out of calibration Defective pressure switch Moisture in pressure switch tubing Incorrect switch installed WARNING DO NOT try to repair a pressure switch. Use an identical replacement. The use of an improperly repaired or malfunctioning pressure switch could result in property damage, personal injury or death. WARNING Never try to adjust a pressure switch or jumper the switch to allow the furnace to operate. Doing so could allow the furnace to operate under hazardous conditions, potentially causing property damage, personal injury or death. Blocked Intake Blocked intake is any condition that blocks or restricts the flow of intake (combustion) air to a point where the pressure fall reaches the calibrated open setting of the pressure switch. Potential Causes: • • • • Rodents Spiders Nest building in the intake opening Debris or trash that has been pulled into the intake opening Symptoms: • • Excessive negative pressure in the burner box area. The furnace cycles on and off quite frequently, typically within 60 seconds or so. Inability of unit to stay on for a complete call for heat. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 For a blocked intake or blocked flue, connect the incline manometer as shown on in Figure 5-20 on page 5-27 for the specific model groups. UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-24 Blocked Flue Blocked flue is any condition that blocks or restricts the flue (vent) pipe to a point where the pressure fall reaches the calibrated open setting of the pressure switch. Potential Causes: • • • • • Rodents Spiders Nest building in the flue pipe Outlet screens with excessive restriction High wind conditions exceeding 40 mph Symptoms: • • Low negative pressure on the induced draft (combustion) blower. The unit cycles on and off quite frequently, typically coming back on within 60 seconds. Inability of unit to stay on for a complete call for heat. Units cycling on pressure switch re-ignite sooner than a main limit switch can reset. Tip: With all wiring connected and unit running, use your volt meter across the pressure switch terminals. No voltage reading = switch closed. Voltage present = switch open. Checking Pressure Switch Operation It is easy to check a pressure switch as it operates within the overall system. These test procedures make it possible to pinpoint the opening and closing actions of the pressure switch. WARNING DO NOT try to repair a pressure switch. Use an identical replacement. The use of an improperly repaired or malfunctioning pressure switch could result in property damage, personal injury or death. WARNING Never try to adjust a pressure switch or jumper the switch to allow the furnace to operate. Doing so could allow the furnace to operate under hazardous conditions, potentially causing property damage, personal injury or death. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-25 What Is Needed for the Tests • • • • A good general-purpose incline manometer with a range of 0 - 3" W.C. (Dwyer 1227 or equivalent). Use the parts list to verify that the proper pressure switch is installed in the unit. Look for the Armstrong part number stamped on the metal housing. A label on the housing shows the manufacturer’s model number. Find the Switch Open value for the pressure switch in Table 5-4 on page 22. Assorted lengths of plastic tubing and tees to make the connections to the manometer including the following: 1/8" I.D. high temperature silicone tubing, 1/4" I.D. vinyl tubing, 1/8" tee and 1/4" tee. Note: For each procedure, the schematic shows the original factory tubing with solid black lines. The tees to be installed for pressure sampling are shown within the dashed circles. Terminology Terms related to pressure switch operation and incline manometer testing are shown below in Figure 5-19. B A -1" 0 1" 2" 3" “Nega tive” p ressu “Posit re ive” pr essur e “Pres sure R ise” “Pres sure F all” SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-19 Incline Manometer UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-26 A Word About the “Switch Closed” Value Switch Closed is the pressure at which the contacts close as the induced draft blower comes up to speed. It is calculated by adding – 0.1" W.C. to the sum of the switch’s Open value and its upper tolerance. For example, for a Armstrong P/N 44819-005 switch: – 0.1" + (– .60" + – .06") = – 0.76" W.C. On a system operating correctly, it is likely that the manometer reading will go to a value that is more than enough to close the switch. A Word About the “Switch Open” Value Switch Open is the pressure at which the contacts open as the negative pressure decreases (pressure fall). Procedure for Checking Pressure Switch 1. Position the manometer so it can be watched easily during testing. Balance and zero the manometer according to the manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Insert a test line with tee between the pressure switch and blower. One piece of the tubing connects the pressure switch to the fitting at the back side of the induced draft blower housing. Connect the tee to the manometer as shown in Figure 5-20. Note: Always keep the pressure switch in the circuit when measuring. Switches incorporate internal bleeds to keep moisture out of the pressure switch line. 3. Using Table 5-4 on page 5-22 and the formula provided above, calculate the close value for the switch being worked with. 4. Start the furnace to call for heat. Observe the manometer reading increase (increasing pressure rise) as the induced draft blower comes up to speed. Ignition should start at a reading that is approximately the Close value that was earlier determined for the specific switch in Step 3. 5. With the furnace running in the full heat cycle, observe the pressure reading. Note this reading and compare it to the Open value shown for that switch in Table 5-4 on page 5-22. Using Armstrong P/N 44819-005 pressure switch for an example, the reading on pressure fall when the contacts open can be between – 0.54" W.C. and – 0.66" W.C. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-27 Induced Draft Blower Pressure Switch 1/8" Tee B A -1" 0 1" 2" 3" = Tee installed for test purposes only Incline Manometer SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-20 Incline Manometer Connection UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-28 Compressors (*262) TABLE 5-5 Compressor Specifications (continued on next page) Model Compressor Type Compressor Model B/M (Tecumseh Only) Armstrong P/N (All) HWC123-1 Tecumseh Rotary RKA5512EXD RK147-ET-002-A4 39008C001 1 (All) HWC183-1 Tecumseh Recriprocating AWF5517EXN AW501-ET-089-A4 35125C009 2 (All) HWC243-1 Copeland Scroll ZR24KC PFV-130 -- 42811-005 3 (All) HWC303-1 Copeland Scroll ZR28KC PFV-130 -- 42811-006 4 (All) HWC182-11, -9, -7, -6 Tecumseh Recriprocating AWF5517EXN AW501-ET-089-A4 35125C009 5 (All) HWC242-11, -9 Copeland Scroll ZR24KC PFV-130 -- 42811-005 6 (All) HWC122-10, -8, -5, -4, -3, -1 Tecumseh Rotary RKA5512EXD RK147-ET-002-A4 39008C001 7 (All) HWC242-10, -8, -5, -4, -3, -1 Copeland Scroll ZR23K1 PFV -- 35136C005 8 (All) HWC302-9 Copeland Scroll ZR28KC PFV-130 -- 42811-006 9 (All) HWC182-8, -5, -4, -3, -2 Tecumseh Rotary RKA5518EXD RK233-ET-009-A4 39008C002 10 (All) HWC302-8, -5, -4, -3, -1 Copeland Scroll ZR28K1 PFV -- 35136C001 11 (All) HWC182-1 Copeland Scroll ZR18K1 PFV -- 35136C004 12 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-29 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Voltage Phase RLA LRA Run Cap. Armstrong Winding P/N Res. S/R Oil Type Oil Charge Suction Line Discharge Line 1 208/230 1 26.3 25/370 38514D002 N/A Mineral 200 Viscosity 12 oz. .50 (1/2)" .315 (5/16)" 2 208/230 1 48.3 35/370 38514D004 N/A Mineral 200 Viscosity 32 oz. .753 (3/4)" .378 (3/8)" 3 208/230 1 13.2 59.0 35/370 38514D004 2.45/1.17 Mineral 200 Viscosity 25 oz. .75 (3/4)" .50 (1/2)" 4 208/230 1 15.7 73.0 35/440 38514D010 2.74/.93 Mineral 200 Viscosity 38 oz. .75 (3/4)" .50 (1/2)" 5 208/230 1 48.3 35/370 38514D004 N/A Mineral 200 Viscosity 32 oz. .753 (3/4)" .378 (3/8)" 6 208/230 1 59.0 35/370 38514D004 2.45/1.17 Mineral 200 Viscosity 25 oz. .75 (3/4)" .50 (1/2)" 7 208/230 1 26.3 25/370 38514D002 N/A Mineral 200 Viscosity 12 oz. .50 (1/2)" .315 (5/16)" 8 208/230 1 12.9 62.5 30/370 38514D003 3.03/.98 Mineral 200 Viscosity 26 oz. .75 (3/4)" .50 (1/2)" 9 208/230 1 15.7 73.0 35/440 38514D010 2.74/.93 Mineral 200 Viscosity 38 oz. .75 (3/4)" .50 (1/2)" 10 208/230 1 45.0 25/370 38514D002 N/A Mineral 200 Viscosity 12 oz. .63 (5/8)" .315 (5/16)" 11 208/230 1 15.0 76.0 35/370 38514D004 2.53/.77 Mineral 200 Viscosity 26 oz. .75 (3/4)" .50 (1/2)" 12 208/230 1 10.7 50.0 25/370 38514D002 4.91/1.29 Mineral 200 Viscosity 24 oz. .75 (3/4)" .50 (1/2)" 13.2 UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-30 Manufacturer: Tecumseh TABLE 5-6 Tecumseh Rotary Compressor Specifications Armstrong P/N Supplier Model Number Supplier B/M Number A B C D Cap. Req'd MDF-VAC Oil (oz.) 39008C001 RKA5512EXD RK147ET-002-A4 10.62 10.06 .500 8.56 25/370 12 39008C002 RKA5518EXD RK233ET-009-A4 11.50 10.94 .630 8.78 25/370 12 All measurements in inches unless otherwise specified. FIGURE 5-21 Tecumseh Rotary Compressor C S R .75" Diameter Holes Top View A B .315" I.D.Copper Discharge Tube C I.D. Copper Suction Tube .(43" - .50" Deep) D Side View SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-31 Manufacturer: Tecumseh TABLE 5-7 Tecumseh Reciprocating Compressor Specifications Armstrong P/N Supplier Model Number 35125C009 AWF5517EXN Supplier B/M Number Voltage Hz. Crankcase Heater L.R.A. P.H. Cap. Req'd AW501ET-089-A4 208/230 60 No 48.3 1 35 MFD @ 370V 9.38" .753"/.756" I.D. Copper Suction Tube 12.647" 12.753” .378"/.381" I.D. Copper Discharge Tube 7.475" 7.525" (Between Centers of Holes) .750"/.760" Diameter (4 Holes) Side View SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-22 Tecumseh Reciprocating Compressor UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-32 Manufacturer: Copeland TABLE 5-8 Copeland Compressor Specifications Armstrong P/N Supplier Model Number A B C D Cap. Req'd MFD-VAC 35136C001 ZR28K1-PFV 14.06/14.31 13.32 7.72/7.95 9.63 35/370 All measurements in inches unless otherwise specified. 18 Ga. Thermal Protector Leads (12.13" Long) .500" I.D. Copper Discharge Tube .750" I.D. Copper-Plated Steel Suction Tube A B C D Side View 7.50" (Between Centers of Holes) .765" Diameter (4 Holes) T1 C R S T2 T3 Typical T’Box Layout FIGURE 5-23 Copeland Compressor SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-33 Manufacturer: Copeland TABLE 5-9 Copeland Compressor Specifications Armstrong P/N Supplier Model Number Rating Voltage-PH-Hz A B 42811-005 ZR24KC-PFV-130 208/230-1-60 14.21/14.45 13.32 9.63 8.53/8.77 5.47 35/370 42811-006 ZR28KC-PFV-130 208/230-1-60 14.21/14.45 13.32 9.63 35/370 C D Cap. Req'd MFD-VAC E 7.97 6.52 All measurements in inches unless otherwise specified. 9.41"/9.62" 7.50" .750" Dia. (4 Holes) (Typ.) 7.50" (Typ.) Top View C T1 R S T2 T3 .500" I.D. Copper Discharge Fitting Top View .750" I.D. Copper-Plated Steel Suction Fitting A B C E D FIGURE 5-24 Copeland Compressor SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Side View UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-34 Drier-Filters (*301) TABLE 5-10 Drier-Filter Specifications Armstrong Part Number Supplier Supplier Part Number A B Spinco 100307-1 2 Parker 032151-00 .108" .111" Spinco 100307-2 3 Parker 032150-00 .114" .117" Spinco 100307-3 4 Parker 032181-00 .108" .111" 39059B001 39059B002 39059B003 A - I.D. 4.38" +/– .13" .314" I.D. .317" B - # Holes 1.00" FIGURE 5-25 Drier-Filter SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-35 HWC Capillary Tubes (*256) TABLE 5-11 HWC Capillary Tube Specification Tables* Models Assy. + Drier Drier Only** Cap. Tubes Only*** Ind. Cap. Tube Cap. I.D. Cap. O.D. Cap. Length # Tubes 123-1 43271-001 39059B001 43267-001 05302B001 0.054" 0.106" 35" 2 183-1 43271-002 39059B002 43267-002 05302B025 0.054" 0.106" 44" 3 243-1 43271-003 39059B002 43267-003 05302B024 0.059" 0.112" 46" 3 303-1 43375-001 39059B003 43281-001, 43280-001 05302B025 0.054" 0.106" 44" 4 122-10 43271-001 39059B001 43267-001 05302B001 0.054" 0.106" 35" 2 122-1 to -8 39058B001 39059B001 39102B001 05302B001 0.054" 0.106" 35" 2 182-1 to -9 39058B002 39059B002 39102B002 05302B025 0.054" 0.106" 44" 3 242-4 to -8 39058B003 39059B002 39102B003 05302B024 0.059" 0.112" 46" 3 242-9 to -11 43271-003 39059B002 43267-003 05302B024 0.059" 0.112" 46" 3 302-1 to -3 39057B001 39059B003 39103B001, 39298B001 05302B025 0.054" 0.106" 44" 4 302-4 to -8 40650-001 39059B003 40652-001, 40651-001 05302B025 0.054" 0.106" 44" 4 302-9 43375-001 39059B003 43281-001, 43280-001 05302B025 0.054" 0.106" 44" 4 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 * All part numbers provided are Armstrong part numbers. ** See page 5-34 for drier information. *** See the figures beginning on page 5-36 for detailed drawings of the capillary tubes. UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-36 Notes: • All bends 90° unless otherwise noted. • Do not kink or flatten during forming. • Tape tubes together with masking tape. 14.00" 15.60" 11.89" Ref. 6.75" Ref. 7.25" Ref. 1.00" Rad. Typ. .75" Rad. Typ. 6.00" .13" .25" Rad. I.S. Typ. .08" 14.88" 5.43" .13" 3.81" Ref. .75" .25" Rad. I.S. Typ. 3.500" Diameter 1 Turn 2.875" Diameter Mandrel 12.82" .12" .75" 30° 12.77" Ref. 3.50" Ref. 30° 10.88" Ref. 5302B001 - 2 Req’d 5302B025 - 3 Req’d .13" .12" .75" .73" Ref. 30° 1.78" FIGURE 5-26 43267-001 Capillary Tubes FIGURE 5-27 43267-002 Capillary Tubes 17.11" 9.00" Ref. 15.86" 6.50" Ref. 9.00" Ref. 5.25" Ref. .75" Rad. Typ. 5.57" .13" 3.500" Diameter 1 Turn 2.875" Diameter Mandrel 13.19" .25" Rad. I.S. Typ. .12" .75" 5302B025 2 Req’d 3.63" Ref. .75" Typ. .12" Typ. 2.62" Ref. 5302B024 - 3 Req’d 4.23" 4.38" Ref. 2.500" Diameter 2 Turns 2.125" Mandrel 30° 11.25" Ref. .75" Rad. Typ. .250" Rad. Typ. 5.46" .13" Typ. 130° .75" Ref. .13" 30° .12" .75" 30° FIGURE 5-29 43280-001 Capillary Tubes SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-28 43267-003 Capillary Tubes Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-37 Notes: • All bends 90° unless otherwise noted. • Do not kink or flatten during forming. • Tape tubes together with masking tape. 1.25 Turns 10.70" 14.74" 13.13" Ref. 1.446" Diameter .75" Rad. Typ. 3.500" Diameter 1 Turn 3.00" Mandrel 4.25" Ref. .13" Typ. 6.16" 12.22" +/ .13" 12.91" 5302B025 - 2 Req’d .12" Typ. 16.40" 11.00" Ref. .250" Rad. I.S. Typical 30° .08" 53025B025 - 2 Req’d .75" 30° .13" .25" Rad. I.S. Typ. .750" Rad. Typical .75" Typ. .50" +/– .13" 1.28" FIGURE 5-30 43281-001 Capillary Tubes 10.70" 50° .75" .250" Rad. I.S. Typical FIGURE 5-31 40651-001 Capillary Tubes .75" 1.25 Turns 1.55" 3.81" .08" .75" Rad. 2.25" 3.05" 3.196" Diameter 3.60" 2.73" 3.688" Diameter 3 Turns 5302B025 - 2 Req’d 16.40" .08" 30° .750" Rad. Typical .50" +/– .13" SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 1.28" FIGURE 5-32 40652-001 Capillary Tubes .13" 5302B025 -2 Req’d .25" Rad. I.S. Typ. 2.50" .75" FIGURE 5-33 39103B001 Capillary Tubes UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-38 Notes: • All bends 90° unless otherwise noted. • Do not kink or flatten during forming. • Tape tubes together with masking tape. TABLE 5-12 .75" 39102B001 Specifications Armstrong P/N A B C D 39102B001 3.530" 2 5302B001 2 39102B002 3.281" 3 5302B025 3 39102B003 3.500" 3 5302B024 3 2.79" .25" Rad. I.S. Typ. C - D Req’d .13" 30° 5.42" .08" 1.25" .75" A - Diameter B - Turns 4.64" 6.76" FIGURE 5-34 39102B001 Capillary Tubes .75" Rad. Typ. 7.43" 7.00" .75" 1.55" 2.50" 3.30" 2.844" Diameter 3 Turns 53205B025 - 2 Req’d .75" 30° .50" .08" 2.03" SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-35 39298B001 Capillary Tubes Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-39 Capacitors (*271) SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 TABLE 5-13 Capacitor Ratings Rating Armstrong P/N MFD Volts 38514D001 20/5 370 38514D002 25/5 370 38514D003 30/5 370 38514D004 35/5 370 38514D005 40/5 370 38514D006 40/5 440 38514D007 40/7.5 440 38514D008 45/7.5 440 38514D009 35/7.5 440 38514D010 35/5 440 38514D011 45/5 370 38514D012 55/7.5 440 38514D013 60/7.5 370 38514D014 80/7.5 370 38514D015 45/5 440 38514D016 60/5 370 38514D017 80/5 370 38514D018 50/5 370 38514D019 50/7.5 440 38514D020 55/5 370 38514D021 70/5 370 38514D022 60/5 440 Dual Single FIGURE 5-36 Capacitors UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-40 Evaporator Blower Motor Indoor Blower (*69) TABLE 5-14 Evaporator Blower Motor Specifications Armstrong P/N FLA (v/hz/ph) RPM # of Speeds HP Capacitor 39045B001 1.1 (208-230/60/1) 1000 3 1/6 4/370 39046B001 2.3 (208-230/60/1) 1120 3 1/3 7.5/370 Notes: • FLA and capacitor ratings may vary. Always check FLA and capacitor ratings on the motor data plate. • Motor diameter - 5.70", shaft size - .50", rotatin - CW lead end • See parts list for correct selection of motor and capacitor. Condenser Fan Motor Outdoor Motor (*267) TABLE 5-15 Condenser Fan Motor Specifications Armstrong P/N FLA (v/hz/ph) RPM # of Speeds HP Capacitor 39044B001 1.8 (208-230/60/1) 1075 1 1/4 5/370 39084B001 .9 (208-230/60/1) 1075 1 1/8 5/370 41282-001 .9 (208-230/60/1) 1075 1 1/8 5/370 41254-001 1.8 (208-230/60/1) 1075 1 1/4 5/370 Notes: • FLA and capacitor ratings may vary. Always check FLA and capacitor ratings on the motor data plate. • Motor diameter - 5.70", shaft size - .50", rotatin - CW lead end • See parts list for correct selection of motor and capacitor. SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-41 Capacitors-Run (*86) SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 TABLE 5-16 Run Capacitor Ratings Rating Armstrong P/N MFD Volts 34001D001 4 370 34001D002 5 370 34001D003 6 370 34001D004 7.5 370 34001D005 8 370 34001D006 8 440 34001D007 10 370 34001D008 12.5 370 34001D009 15 440 34001D010 20 440 34001D011 25 370 34001D012 25 440 34001D013 30 440 34001D014 35 370 34001D015 35 440 34001D016 40 370 34001D017 40 440 34001D018 45 440 34001D024 15 370 34001D025 20 370 34001D026 30 370 34001D027 10 440 34001D028 20 370 34001D029 25 370 34001D030 30 370 34001D031 35 370 34001D032 40 370 34001D033 55 440 UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-42 Fan Blades (*268) Notes: 1. 26° Pitch, 5 Blades 2. Material: 24 Ga. Galvalume 3. Set Screw: (2) 5/16"-24 x 5/8" long square head, cup point 3.79" +/ .09" 18.00" +/ .06" .5002" Diameter Bore .5019" Rotation AIR FLOW FIGURE 5-37 Fan Blades - HWC Models 122, 182 & 123, 183 SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual UNIT COMPONENTS 5-43 Notes: 1. 24° Pitch, 3 Blades 2. Material: 24 Ga. Galvalume 3. Set Screw: (2) 5/16"-24 x 5/8" long square head, cup point 3.59" +/ .09" 18.00" +/ .06" .5002" Diameter Bore .5019" Rotation AIR FLOW SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 FIGURE 5-38 Fan Blades - HWC Models 242, 302 & 243, 303 UNIT COMPONENTS Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 5-44 Exterior Grill Panels (Not Listed in the Parts Lists) Upper Louver Panel Armstrong P/N 03545C000 Lower Grill Panel Armstrong P/N 03551D100 Refer to the Component Location Illustrations section beginning on page 4-1 for further detail of the exterior grill panels and other panels. FIGURE 5-39 Exterior Grill Panels SRM-HW/HWC 2/99 Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION 6-1 Section 6 - Installation Location .............................................. 6-3 Installing With Wall Sleeve.................... 6-5 Installing Without Wall Sleeve ............... 6-6 Support............................................... 6-6 Condensate Drain ................................. 6-7 Venting ............................................... 6-7 Removal of Unit from Common Venting System .................................... 6-9 Gas Connections .................................. 6-9 Electrical Connections ........................ 6-11 Thermostat ....................................... 6-12 Supply and Return Ducts .................... 6-12 Air Filter ........................................... 6-13 Adjustments (Heating Section) ............ 6-13 Adjustments (Cooling Section) ............. 6-14 Blower .............................................. 6-14 Limit Control ..................................... 6-14 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 High Altitude Adjustments (U.S.) ......... 6-14 High Altitude Adjustments (Canada)..... 6-14 INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 6-2 Installation and Operation in Extremely Cold Weather Areas ........................... 6-15 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION 6-3 Installation IMPORTANT: READ THIS FIRST Information in this section is provided for the convenience of the service technician, for the purpose of evaluating the installation during service and troubleshooting. It does not take the place of the complete Armstrong Installation and Maintenance Instructions that are shipped with every Magic-Pak unit. If you are installing an Armstrong product and need a copy of the Installation and Maintenance Instructions, consult the table below and contact the Armstrong factory. TABLE 6-1 HW/HWC Installation and Maintenance Instructions Armstrong Publication P/N Date Description 45042B099 2/99 (All) HWC (123, 183, 243, 303)-1 & HW -9 w/UTech 1097 Board 39025G097 7/97 (All) HWC (122, 182, 243, 303) -11, -10, -9, -8, -7, -6, -5 & HW w/Fenwal 2461D Board 39025G094 7/94 (All) HWC (122, 182, 243, 303) -4, -3, -2, -1 & HW w/Fenwal 05-29 Board Location Magic-Pak HW/HWC units are designed and certified for through-the-wall installations only and must not be installed in any other type of application. The interior portions of the unit may be surrounded by a closet with clearances to combustible material held to 0" at sides, 2" top and 1" front and plenum. Adequate clearance must be provided to install the union and manual shutoff valve as well as providing accessibility to the field wiring junction box. Do not install directly on carpeting, tile or other combustible material other than wood flooring. Magic-Pak HW/HWC units should be installed in an outside building wall that is clear of obstructions which might impede the free intake and discharge of condenser air. A building wall should be no closer to an opposite building wall than 2' for every floor or Magic-Pak unit in a vertical array facing the wall. For example, a one-story building with a Magic-Pak HW/HWC unit should be a minimum of 2' from the wall facing the unit, and if the facing wall also has a Magic-Pak unit, the two walls should be at least 4' apart. A six-story building with six Magic-Pak units in a vertical array should be at least 12' from the opposite building wall, and if that building wall also contains Magic-Pak units, the building should be at least 24' apart. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Buildings taller than six stories need not exceed the separation needed for six-story buildings. INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 6-4 If three or more adjacent walls form an air shaft with Magic-Pak HW/HWC units facing each other in each wall, the separation between opposite walls should be increased by 20%. These “rule-of-thumb” dimensions are intended to minimize possibilities for recirculation of condenser air, or interaction between units. However, these numbers are not exact for every application, and other considerations might suggest that the designer consult the factory about desired alternatives. The grille side of the unit may be flush with, or extend beyond, the face of the exterior wall, but should not be recessed more than 2" from the face of the building and should not be obstructed with trees, landscape materials or building structure. There is no minimum clearance required on locating the unit to an interior corner of a building. Due to the through-the-wall design, HW/HWC units will always have some portion of the unit cabinet extending into the interior of the building. The amount of cabinet exposed to the interior will depend on the wall thickness and the depth the unit is installed into the wall. Often mechanical rooms and closets are designed into the building structure to accommodate the interior portions and duct connections. These rooms or closets must allow ample clearance for regular service and maintenance. A 30" wide minimum clearance opening is required in front of the filter access door. This will allow for easy removal of the door and replacement of the filter. Electrical conduit, gas lines, duct work and building structures places within this opening will complicate removal of the filter access door that may result in a lack of proper maintenance and diminished performance. The cooling section of an HWC unit is built on a sliding chassis that can only be removed through the filter access door. Any service that must be done to the condenser section, evaporator fan or refrigeration circuit requires removal of the chassis from the unit. Therefore, a 30" horizontal minimum clear opening is required in front of the filter access door to facilitate removal of the entire cooling chassis. It is recommended that the doorway to any closet or room containing a Magic-Pak HW/HWC unit be a minimum of 36" wide to allow some tolerance for chassis removal and service. If the unit is installed in a residential garage, it must be located or protected to avoid physical damage by vehicles. This unit must be installed so that no electrical components are exposed to water. Installing units in a relatively inaccessible location for easy chassis removal should be avoided, if for no other reason than to keep the air filter accessible for easy and timely cleaning by the occupants or maintenance personnel. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION 6-5 Installing With a Wall Sleeve CAUTION The sleeve is not intended as the sole support for the unit. Additional support must be provided near the return opening on the unit for adequate support. The use of vibration isolation material between the unit and the support is recommended. Refer to the installation instructions packed with the wall sleeve and Figure 6-1 for guidance in assembly and mounting using a wall sleeve. See also the Accessories section beginning on page 7-3 for further details on wall sleeve installations. Refer to page 6-6 for information concerning additional support under the HW/HWC unit. Make sure the gaskets attached to the sleeve are not damaged. Seal the space between the wall sleeve and the building opening with non-hardening caulking compound. The seal must be weathertight to prevent entrance of moisture and water into the building. Assure that the unit is completely seated against the gaskets on the wall sleeve. Wall Sleeve 6" X 22" Minimum Opening to Align with Return Air Opening In Unit. in. "M 8 2 Vibration Isolating Material FLO OR SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Plywood FIGURE 6-1 HW/HWC Installation INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 6-6 Installing Without a Wall Sleeve Refer to the following directions and Figure 6-1 on page 6-5 for guidance in installing the unit without a wall sleeve: 1. Measure the size of the unit and provide an opening in an outside wall that will accept the unit. Local ordinances may require a steel lintel to support the wall above the opening. The opening must be square in all four corners. 2. Position the unit so that the grilles on the outside face of the unit are flush or extend beyond the face of the exterior wall, but not recessed more than 2" from the face of the building. Provide a support under the unit, inside the building. Make sure that the inside support does not block the return air. The unit should be installed level or pitched slightly to the outside of the building so that rain water will drain away. 3. Seal the space between the unit and building opening using a nonhardening caulking compound. The seal must be weathertight to prevent entrance of moisture and water into the building. Make sure the drain holes in the base are not plugged with caulking. Support In general, the wall sleeves will support the Magic-Pak HW/HWC units on any wall. The wall, however, must be adequate to support the unit. Otherwise, one must provide additional support between the unit and the floor. The center of gravity is between the bottom return-air opening rear flange and the wall sleeve. When additional support for the unit is desirable, it should be near this center of gravity and applied evenly across the bottom of the unit through adjustable legs to the floor. A supplementary support can be made for this purpose. It should consist of two steel channels, 28" long, one placed under the unit and one on the floor. They are separated by 3/4" pipe and “all-thread” rod, with nuts and washers, to provide the adjustment pressure. Vibration-isolation blocks or pads are also required to minimize transmission of vibration into the floor. Even though the wall may be adequate to support the unit, experience has shown the desirability of supplementary support to reduce the possibility of vibration being transmitted into the wall and to other parts of the structure. Two 1" diameter holes are located near the front of the Magic-Pak HW/ HWC units, on either side of the return-air opening. These holes are intended to allow a condensate drain tube to exit the return-air duct cavity whenever a closed return duct and flexible collar are used. These should not be used to support the unit. The sheet metal in the cabinet in this area is not heavy enough to act as a support without distorting and interfering with proper retention of the filter access cover. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION 6-7 Condensate Drain (HWC Models) Install the plastic drain tube (furnished) over the 5/8" O.D. fitting welded to the center of the condensate pan. Connect the other end of the drain tube to the open trap (see Figure 6-2). The plastic drain connection is provided so that it may be disconnected from the permanent drain tubing in the building in the event it becomes necessary to remove the cooling chassis assembly. The drain line should pitch gradually downward at least 1" per 10 feet of horizontal run to the open drain trap. Be certain that the plastic drain tube has free drainage and is not crimped or flattened at any bend. Drain Pan Top of Drain Tube Must be Below Bottom of Drain Pan Alternative Method To Open Drain Trap Drain Tube - Pitch 1" for every 10 ft. (Installer Supplied) Return Air Duct 5/8" I.D. Plastic Tube (Furnished) FIGURE 6-2 Open Drain Trap HWC Drain Installation Venting The venting system is an integral part of the appliance. The venting system must not be modified or added on to. HW/HWC units are direct vent forced air central furnaces which draw fresh air from outside through a combustion air opening beneath the vent into the combustion chamber. The combustion products are then drawn out of the heat exchanger by an exhaust fan and are forced to the outdoors. No special provisions are required for supplying combustion air. The vent outlet must not be altered or extended in any way. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 This appliance should be installed in a location such that the vent system complies with the National Fuel Gas Code Z223.1 or CAN/CGA-B149.1 & .2. INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 6-8 Special provisions must be made concerning the location of the vent termination with relation to building air inlets. A building air inlet is considered to be any door, moveable window, gravity fresh air inlet or other opening where fresh outdoor air can be brought into the building. See Table 6-2 for the clearances required. TABLE 6-2 HW/HWC Installation and Maintenance Instructions Units Clearance 26, 38HW/HWC 9 Inches 51, 64HW/HWC 12 Inches The vent system must also terminate at least 3 feet above any forced air inlet within 10 feet of it. These clearances do not apply to the combustion air inlet of the appliance because the combustion air does not enter the air of the building. Clearance to windows applies to openable windows and not to windows constructed only of glass with no movable parts such as picture windows. The vent system must terminate a minimum horizontal distance of 4 feet away from public walkways, electrical meters, regulators and relief equipment. The venting system is designed for proper operation under all weather conditions and for winds up to 40 m.p.h. Figure 6-3 shows the required clearances of direct vent to building air inlets. 9" Direct Vent Terminal 10,000 - 50,000 Btu/hr Less than 10' 12 "m in in 3' m 12" in "m 12 Forced Air Inlet Direct Vent Terminal more than 50,000 Btu/hr Required Clearances for Direct Vent Terminals SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 FIGURE 6-3 Direct Vent Terminal Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION 6-9 Removal of Unit from Common Venting System When an existing furnace is removed from a common venting system serving other appliances, the venting system is likely to be too large to properly vent the remaining attached appliances. The following test should be conducted with each appliance while the other appliances connected to the common venting system are not in operation. 1. Seal any unused openings in the common venting system. 2. Visually inspect the venting system for proper size and horizontal pitch and determine there is no blockage or restriction, leakage, corrosion or other deficiencies which could cause an unsafe condition. 3. Insofar as is practical, close all building doors and windows between the space in which the appliances remaining connected to the common venting system are located and other spaces in the building. Turn on clothes dryers and any appliance not connected to the common venting system. Turn on exhaust fans, such as range hoods and bathroom exhausts, so they will operate at maximum speed. Do not operate a summer exhaust fan. Close fireplace dampers. 4. Following the lighting instructions, place the unit being inspected in operation. Adjust the thermostat so the appliance will operate continuously. 5. Test for spillage at the draft control relief opening after five minutes of main burner operation. Use the flame of a match or candle. 6. Follow the preceding steps for each appliance connected to the common venting system. 7. After it has been determined that each appliance remaining connected to the common venting system properly vents when tested as outlined above, return doors, windows, exhaust fans, fireplace dampers and any other fuel burning appliance to their previous condition of use. 8. If improper venting is observed during any of the above tests, the common venting system must be corrected. See National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 (latest edition) or CAN/CGA B149.1 & .2 Canadian Installation Codes to correct improper operation of common venting system. Gas Connections SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 The gas line to the unit should be adequately sized to prevent undue pressure drop and should never be smaller than the manual valve used. Consult the local utility or National Fuel Gas Code for complete details on special requirements in sizing gas piping. The units supplied for operation with natural gas contain a gas regulator which must be operated with inlet gas pressures specified on the rating plate. If gas line pressure exceeds this figure, an additional high pressure regulator must be installed to reduce this pressure. INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 6-10 Units for operation with propane must be converted with a kit supplied by the manufacturer and require for operation an inlet pressure of 11" W.C. minimum and 14" W.C. maximum. A regulator is also required on the propane tank. When converting a low NOx unit (designated by an L in the model number) to propane, the NOx inserts must be removed. After removing the burners, remove the screw holding each insert and pull the insert from the combustion chamber (see Figure 6-4). The screws must be reinstalled in the vest panel after the inserts are removed. Low NOx Insert FIGURE 6-4 NOx Insert Removal WARNING Never use a flame to check for gas leaks. Explosion causing injury or death may occur. WARNING The furnace must be isolated from the gas supply piping system by closing the individual manual shutoff valve during any pressure testing of gas supply piping system at test pressures equal to or less than 1/2 psig or 14" W.C. If the piping system is to be tested at pressures in excess of 1/2 psig, the furnace and its individual shutoff valve must be disconnected from the gas supply piping system. The gas valve supplied with this furnace is rated at 1/2 psig. Any higher pressure may rupture the pressure regulator diaphragm which will cause over firing of the burners and improper burner operation. This action may produce a high concentration of carbon monoxide which can result in asphyxiation. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION 6-11 A manual shutoff valve must be located outside the unit. The use of a union located upstream of the controls is recommended, between the controls and the manual shutoff valve. This will facilitate removal of controls and manifold. See Figure 6-5 for recommended placement of the union. Provide a drip leg in the supply piping located exterior to the unit. Piping must be tight and non-hardening. Pipe compound resistant to propane must be used. Manual Shutoff Valve w/ 1/8" NPT plugged tapping, accessible for test gauge connection (field-supplied) Ground Joint Union (field-supplied) Drip Leg (field-supplied) Access Panels to Controls and Burners Access Panel To Filter FIGURE 6-5 Gas Supply Piping Electrical Connections All wiring must be done in accordance with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA No. 70 (latest edition); Canadian Electrical Code Part 1, CSA C22.1 (latest edition); or local codes, where they prevail. Any alteration of internal wiring will void certification and warranty. The rating plate indicates the operating voltage, phase, ampacity, maximum fuse size and minimum voltage. Units must never be installed where voltage exceeds 10% over the voltage indicated on the rating plate. Units are factory wired for a 230 volt power supply. If power supply is 208 volts, it will be necessary to change a wire connection on unit transformer from 240 volt terminal to 208 volt terminal as shown on the wiring diagram. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Failure of the compressor as a result of operation on improper voltage voids the compressor replacement warranty. A separate electric line with wire having a temperature rating of 60°C should be run directly from the main supply panel to the leads in the unit. Refer to the rating plate located on the unit for proper fuse or breaker size. Make sure the unit is electrically grounded in accordance with local codes or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/ NFPA No. 70 (latest edition) for installations in the U.S. or the Canadian Electrical Code Part 1, CSA C22.1 (latest edition) for installations in Canada. INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 6-12 See Table 6-3 and the Specifications section beginning on page 1-1 for correct wire ampacity for the cooling chassis required, and size the wire accordingly. For HW (heating only units): When sizing wire, keep in mind that an air conditioning chassis may be added in the future. TABLE 6-3 Minimum Circuit Ampacity Clg. Chassis Model Min. Circuit Ampacity 18A 16 24A 24 30A 27 181 13.3 241 21 301 23.6 122, 123 8.3 182, 183 13.6 Rotary/15.4 Scroll 242, 243 18.6 302, 303 22.4 Thermostat Install the thermostat according to the directions furnished with it. The thermostat must be located on an inside wall where it will not be affected by drafts, sunlight or any other heat producing appliances. Connect the thermostat wires to the low voltage leads on top of the unit following the wiring diagram attached to the unit. The heat anticipator setting is 0.50 Amp. Supply and Return Ducts Provide ducts sized sufficiently to handle the larger of the air volumes for heating or cooling provided by the unit. Connect the supply duct to the top of the unit using canvas connections or other flexible connections to prevent noise transmission into the duct system. The supply duct should have a removable access panel. The opening should be accessible when the furnace is installed and should be large enough and located such that the heat exchanger can be inspected for leaks. The cover must be attached in such a manner as to prevent air leaks. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 To connect the return duct to the system, use a straight piece of duct 22" wide by 6" deep. Insert the duct into the return opening in the bottom of the unit and flange the duct over the existing flanges around the opening Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION 6-13 inside the unit. Make sure that all sides of the duct are flanged over to permit removal of the cooling chassis if required. Use a flexible connection to attach the remainder of the return duct. The return duct should be sealed to the unit casing and terminate outside the space containing the furnace. Air Filter All indoor return air must be filtered. A permanent-type filter is furnished with the unit, located directly behind the access panel. Removing the panel permits access to the filter. If an installation is made in which it is more desirable to mount the filter exterior to the unit, in the return duct work or elsewhere, the permanent filter can be used or replaced with a disposable filter. If a disposable filter is used, refer to Table 6-4 when sizing the disposable filter. TABLE 6-4 Minimum Required Surface Area for Disposable Filters Model Number Filter Area (minimum) Supplied Filter Size HWC122, 123 300 square inches 16.5" x 25.5" x .50" HWC182, 183 480 square inches 16.5" x 25.5" x .50" HWC242, 243 480 square inches 16.5" x 25.5" x .50" HWC302, 303 480 square inches 16.5" x 25.5" x .50" 26 HW 300 square inches 16.5" x 25.5" x .50" 38 HW 300 square inches 16.5" x 25.5" x .50" 51 HW 480 square inches 16.5" x 25.5" x .50" 64 HW 480 square inches 16.5" x 25.5" x .50" Adjustments - Heating Section Temperature Rise At the time of installation, the temperature rise must be adjusted to be within the range specified on the unit rating plate. Pressure Regulator The gas input must not exceed the figures shown on the rating plate. The unit is equipped for rated inputs with manifold pressures of: 3.5" W.C. for natural gas and 10.0" W.C. for propane. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 The manifold pressure can be measured by removing the pipe plug in the automatic gas valve. Connect a water manometer and measure the pressure. Only small variations in gas input may be made by adjusting the regulator. In no case should the final manifold pressure vary more than 0.3" W.C. for natural gas or 0.7" W.C. for propane. INSTALLATION Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 6-14 To adjust the regulator, turn the adjusting screw on the regulator clockwise to increase pressure and input or counterclockwise to decrease pressure and input. For natural gas installations, check the burner rate by observing the gas meter (making sure that all other gas appliances are turned off). The test hand on the meter should be timed for at least one revolution. Note the number of seconds for one revolution. BTU/HR = INPUT Cubic Feet Per Revolution # Seconds Per Revolution X 3600 X Heating Value Adjustments - Cooling Section (HWC models) No adjustments are required or should be attempted regarding any of the components of the cooling chassis. The chassis should be checked to see that none of the wiring is loose or missing. Blower The unit contains a direct-drive, multispeed blower. The proper speeds have been preset at the factory for heating and cooling. Refer to the wiring diagram for recommended heating/cooling speeds for specific models. Direct-drive blower motors are permanently lubricated and do not require oiling. Limit Control A fixed-temperature limit control is provided which will shut off the gas to the main burners if the unit is overheated for any reason. The control must not be adjusted or relocated. High Altitude Adjustments (U.S. Installations) Ratings shown on the rating plate are for elevations up to 2000 feet. For elevations above 2000 feet, ratings should be reduced at a rate of 4% for each 1000 feet above sea level. Refer to the National Fuel Gas Code Z223.1 (latest edition) for further explanation. High Altitude Adjustments (Canadian Installations) High altitude conversions may be made by the manufacturer’s authorized representative, in accordance with the requirement of the manufacturer, provincial or territorial authorities having jurisdiction, and in accordance with the requirements of CAN/CGA B149.1 or B149.2 Installation Code. A high altitude conversion kit, available from the manufacturer and approved for this purpose, must be used (see the Accessories section beginning on page 7-15). SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual INSTALLATION 6-15 Installation and Operation in Extremely Cold Weather Areas In areas where extremely cold (below – 20°F) outdoor temperatures can be expected, some additional installation and operating precautions should be taken. The following precautions are taken to prevent possible vent system ice blockage that could result in safety shutdown of the burners: 1. Adjust to the highest achievable temperature rise within the rise and static pressure ranges specified on the rating plate. Depending on specific model, it may be possible to change to a lower heating blower speed tap to get a higher temperature rise. This also increases comfort. 2. Make sure there are no leaks of outside air into the return air system. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 3. Keep the outside louver grille as free as possible of any ice that may form and obstruct the flue outlet. Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-1 Section 7 - Accessories HW/HWC Accessory Kit Index .............. 7-2 CA-239 Wall Sleeve Kit ................................... 7-3 A242-1 Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit ...................... 7-7 ALVR42 Architectural Louver Facade ............. 7-10 34961A001 Vibration Isolator ...................... 7-12 ALPKT389-2 L.P. Gas Conversion Kit ............. 7-14 AHALT390-1 High Altitude Kit ....................... 7-15 ATIMR466-1 Nuisance Blower Repair Kit ........ 7-17 ADAPT420-2 Chassis Conversion Kit .............. 7-18 Fenwal Triton Ignition Control Kit .................. 7-19 TL109 Burner Tray Kits ................................ 7-20 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 AMUFFKT494-1 Tecumseh “AW” Model Compressor Sound Reduction Kit ................... 7-21 ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 7-2 Accessories There are a number of accessories available to increase the performance or versatility of the Armstrong Magic-Pak HW/HWC units. This section provides a general description of each. Note: Complete instructions are packaged with each kit or its components and accessories. These instructions should be read carefully prior to installation. The instructions are intended as a general guide only, for use by qualified personnel, and do not supersede any national or local codes in any way. TABLE 7-1 HW/HWC Accessory Kit Index PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UNIT MODELS CA-239 Knocked Down Wall Sleeve Kit* All HW/HWC Models A242-1 Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit All HW/HWC Models ALVR42 Architectural Extruded Aluminum Louver Facade* All HW/HWC Models 34961A001 Compressor Vibration Isolator/Spring In Grommet Kit All HW/HWC Models ALPKT389-2 L.P. Gas Conversion Kit** 26, 38, 51, 64HW/HWC Models AHALT390-1 High Altitude Conversion Kit** 26, 38, 51, 64HW/HWC Models ATIMR466-1 Nuisance Blower Operation Repair Kit All HW/HWC Series 2 Models ADAPT420-2 Chassis Conversion Kit All HW/HWC Models 43110-001 Ignition Control Conversion Kit All HW/HWC Series 2 Models TL109A Burner Tray Assembly Kit 26HW/HWC TL109B Burner Tray Assembly Kit 38HW/HWC TL109C Burner Tray Assembly Kit 51HW/HWC TL109D Burner Tray Assembly Kit 64HW/HWC AMUFFKT494-1 Tecumseh 'AW' Model Compressor Sound Reduction Kit HWC182 * Does not apply to 121, 181, 241 and 301 (48" tall series units use sleeve CA241). ** Does not apply to 12, 18, 24 and 30 or 121, 181, 241 and 301 units. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-3 CA-239 Wall Sleeve Kit The CA-239 wall sleeve kit is designed to facilitate the installation of Magic-Pak units by providing an accurate opening to properly accept a Magic-Pak unit. During the construction of a building, the wall sleeve allows for the unit to remain off-site until the construction is completed. The wall sleeve is comprised of four assemblies (top, bottom and left and right sides) which assemble easily to form a correctly sized rectangular box to receive a Magic-Pak unit. When installed and securely fastened to the supporting wall, the wall sleeve provides easy access to the finish wall for weather sealing. The wall sleeve must always be fastened to the supporting wall and never to the finished wall. Inspection of Shipment Upon receipt of equipment, carefully inspect it for possible shipping damage. If damage is found, it should be noted on the carrier’s freight bill. Damage claims should be filed with the carrier immediately. Claims of shortages should be filed with the seller within five days. Wall Sleeve Assembly To assemble the wall sleeve, refer to the following directions and Figure 71 on page 7-4. 1. Slide top panel over side panels until retaining clips are engaged in slotted openings. 2. Place side and top assembly down with the front flange against floor and slide bottom panel into side panel slip strips until tabs on bottom panels are locked in place. 3. Attach squaring braces to top and side panels using existing holes. (Do not remove braces until wall sleeve is secured to building.) 4. Attach the support angles to top and side panels using the #8 x 3/8" screws provided. Two sets of holes are provided in the panels for attaching the support angles. The row of holes nearest the front of sleeve will locate the support angles for 1" spacing and the second set of holes will locate the angles for 3-3/4" spacing. 5. Wall sleeve must be square in opening before securing sleeve to building. This is required to assure Magic-Pak unit will slide into the sleeve. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 6. Caulk all seams where bottom panel joins to side panels including the front corners of bottom panel and the top of side panel slip joints. Caulk sealing is best accomplished after the wall sleeve is assembled but before it is placed in the wall opening. ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 7-4 TABLE 7-2 CA-239 Parts List Description Quantity Top Panel 1 Bottom Panel 1 Right Side Panel 1 Left Side Panel 1 Squaring Brace 2 1/4" x 3/4" Screw 5 #8 x 3/8" Screw 24 1/4" Flat Washer 5 Side Support Angle 2 Top Support Angle 1 Assembled Wall Sleeve Dimensions: 45" high x 29" wide x 12.5" deep Top Panel Support Angle - 8 Holes Front of Sleeve Left Side Panel Squaring Braces Support Angle - 2 Sides Bottom Panel FIGURE 7-1 CA-239 Wall Sleeve Kit Assembly SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-5 Wall Sleeve Installation The wall sleeve can be installed from either the inside or the outside of the building. In any case, proper considerations must be made for final weather sealing of the wall sleeve and the Magic-Pak unit. Whether installing from the inside or outside of a building, the wall sleeve may be secured to the supporting wall through the top and side support angles or directly through the wall sleeve side panels. When securing the wall sleeve directly through the side panels, the top and side angle supports are often used as “stops” to assure proper alignment before final securing of the wall sleeve is accomplished. The top and side support angles can be adjusted to allow the unit to protrude through the outside of the supporting wall by 1" or 3-3/4" inches. This will also change the depth that the unit protrudes through the inside wall. This adjustment is designed to allow for final sealing of the wall sleeve to various finish types. The top and side support angles can be removed altogether and the wall sleeve secured directly through the side panels, provided that the installer performs a proper alignment of the wall sleeve. WARNING The further the wall sleeve is extended past the finished wall the more difficult it becomes to accomplish final sealing from the inside of the building. Adequate safety precautions must be considered to protect personnel. Whether installing from the inside or the outside of the building, the wall sleeve should extend at least 3/8" - 1" beyond the finished wall to allow for proper weather sealing. When installing during wall construction, consideration must be made to allow for final weather sealing to the type of finish wall that will be constructed later. Recessed Wall Sleeve Installation In some applications, the thickness of the wall or architectural design will dictate that the wall sleeve be recessed in the finished wall. This can be done, but it is not recommended if the wall opening is required to be the same size as the wall sleeve opening. Recessed installation can be done if the wall opening is 2" larger vertically than the wall sleeve. The wall sleeve may then be placed on a sill 2" higher than the bottom of the finished wall opening. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 The sill must be recessed 3/8" - 1" inside of the outer edge of the wall sleeve. This permits weather sealing of the bottom edge without plugging the drain holes in the bottom of the wall sleeve. The top of the finished wall opening should extend above the top of the wall sleeve by a dimension equal to or greater than the dimension that the wall sleeve is recessed. ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 7-6 Magic-Pak Installation Before installing the Magic-Pak unit in the wall sleeve, it is important to consider the possibility of sound and vibration transmission through the wall. It is recommended that vibration isolation pads be installed evenly spaced across the outer edge of the bottom panel of the wall sleeve. The vibration isolator pads should be approximately 4" x 4" x 7/8" and constructed of one piece of cork rubber with pieces of neoprene rubber adhered to the top and bottom. Once the wall sleeve is properly secured to the supporting wall and the vibration isolators are in place, the Magic-Pak unit can be slid into the wall sleeve. The unit must be slid completely forward so that the outer edges of the unit touch the inside flanges of the wall sleeve. The unit can then be secured to the wall sleeve by bolting the top flange of the unit to the top turned-down flange of the wall sleeve with 1/4" x 3/4" bolts and washers. Note: In applications where vibration isolation is of particular importance, rubber grommets (Armstrong P/N 9015A) can be inserted between the top flanges. The wall sleeve alone is not adequate support for the full weight of the Magic-Pak unit. Additional, field-fabricated support must be provided between the rear flange of the return opening and the wall sleeve. The use of vibrator isolator pads is required between the unit and the support and between the floor and the support. Please refer to installation instructions and application manual for details on field-fabricated additional supports. Weather Sealing After assembling the wall sleeve, it is recommended that all panel connections and joints be sealed with caulk to prevent water and wind infiltration into the building. Once the Magic-Pak is installed and secured to the wall sleeve, it is important to seal any gaps between the wall sleeve and the unit with caulk. This includes both sides, top and bottom. Sealing these gaps will prevent water and wind from leaking into the building between the unit and wall sleeve. The outside of the wall sleeve must also be sealed with caulk on all four sides whether it is installed recessed or protruding. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-7 A242-1 Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit The A242-1 wall sleeve adaptor kit is designed to allow for the installation of current 43" tall HW/HWC units into 48" tall wall sleeves (CA241 wall sleeve kits). The CA241 wall sleeve kits were designed for use with HW/ HWC121, 181, 241 and 301 units manufactured during the late 1980’s. The HW/HWC series 1 units were approximately 48" tall. If replacement of the wall sleeve is not feasible, use of the A-242-1 adaptor kit creates an insulated block-off panel at the top portion of the CA241 wall sleeve. The adaptor kit also allows for easy mounting of the HW/HWC unit to the taller sleeve. Whenever it is necessary to convert a CA241 wall sleeve to current unit dimensions, use of the A242-1 adaptor kit is required. Inspection of Shipment Upon receipt of equipment, carefully inspect it for possible shipping damage. If damage is found, it should be noted on the carrier’s freight bill. Damage claims should be filed with the carrier immediately. Claims of shortages should be filed with the seller within five days. Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit Assembly Once assembled, the A242-1 adaptor kit will form a rectangular box approximately 4-7/8" tall with approximately 7/8" overlapping the front and side of the top panel of the HW/HWC unit (see Figure 7-2 on page 7-9). To assemble the adaptor kit: 1. Set top flanges of side and front panels on the floor or ground so that they are resting flat. The screw holes through the side flanges of front panel should align with the pilot holes in side panel. 2. Fasten two #8 x 1/2" screws in each side. 3. Place rear panel against the rear flanges of the side panels. The screw holes of the rear panel should align with the pilot holes in the side panel rear flanges. 4. The top and bottom flanges of the rear panel should be facing the front panel. The five 1/4" pilot holes should be positioned towards the bottom of the kit and the five oval screw holes should be positioned towards the top of the kit. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 5. Fasten two #8 x 1/2" screws at each end of the rear panel. ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 7-8 Attachment to HW/HWC After assembling the kit, it is ready to be attached to the top of the HW/ HWC unit. To attach the kit to the HW/HWC unit: 1. Remove the two front screws (each side) that fasten the top panel side flanges to the side panels on each side of the HW/HWC unit. 2. Place the adaptor kit on top of the HW/HWC unit. The five pilot holes positioned towards the bottom of the kit’s rear panel should align with the five oval screw holes in the HW/HWC mounting bracket (see Figure 7-2). 3. Fasten the five 1/4" x 3/4" screws and washers through the unit mounting bracket to the kit pilot holes. 4. Align the kit side panel oval screw holes to the screw holes in the side of the HW/HWC unit. 5. Re-fasten the screws that were removed in step 1. Installing the HW/HWC Unit After the adaptor kit is fastened to the HW/HWC unit, the unit is ready to be slid into the wall sleeve. The top flange of the adaptor kit is designed to overlap the top of the wall sleeve. The five 1/4" x 3/4" mounting screws included with the wall sleeve kit can be fastened through the top flange of the kit into the turned-down flange of the wall sleeve. The HW/HWC unit must be slid all the way forward so that the outer edges of the adaptor kit and HW/HWC unit are touching the outer flanges of the wall sleeve. The HW/HWC unit and wall sleeve must be weather sealed according to the wall sleeve kit instructions, unit installation instructions or unit application manual. For further information on installing HW/HWC units, refer to the Installation section beginning on page 6-1. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-9 TABLE 7-3 A242-1 Parts List Part Quantity Front Panel 1 Rear Panel 1 Right Side Panel 1 Left Side Panel 1 #8 x 1/2" Screw 8 1/4" x 3/4" Screw 5 1/4" Flat Washer 5 (2) #8 x ½" Screws in each rear corner Right Side Rear (2) #8 x ½" Screws in each side Left Side Front 1/4" x ¾" Screw ¼" Flat Washer HW/HWC Unit SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Screws that are removed and reinserted to attach adapter kit to HW/HWC unit (both sides) FIGURE 7-2 A242-1 Wall Sleeve Adaptor Kit Assembly ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 7-10 ALVR42 Architectural Aluminum Louver Facade In many applications, architects and installers will choose to use facades over the front of Magic-Pak units. Often this is done to improve the appearance of a building. Properly constructed louver facades may also provide some degree of weather protection and sound deflection. Louver facades can be designed by engineers and architects and integrated into the building construction by contractors in the field. However research and testing has shown that many designs may actually diminish the performance of the Magic-Pak units and in some cases even damage them. For these reasons, Armstrong approved the ALVR42 architectural aluminum louver facade kit. The instructions provided with the kit should serve as a general guide for installation of the kit. For guidelines on designing louver facades, refer to the Magic-Pak Application Manual (Armstrong P/N MPA-100). The ALVR42 is designed to be integrated into the construction of the finish wall or secured directly to the finish wall. Therefore, actual installation of the louvers will vary depending on the type of finish wall it is applied to. The ALVR42 kit is available is many different colors to match finish walls. Color matching services are also available. For more information concerning color matching, please contact your supplier or Armstrong. Assembly The ALVR42 kit consists of two sections of louver fins. The top section is composed of fins angled approximately 30° upward while the bottom section consists of fins angled approximately 30° downward (see Figure 7-3). This design allows flue gases and condenser discharge air to be circulated away from the condenser inlet and burner compartment fresh air intake. There is also a sealing gasket between the two louver sections to allow for separation of inlet and discharge air when the louver is secured directly to the front of the unit. When the louver is secured away from the unit, a separation bracket sealed to the unit and then to the louver kit must be field-fabricated and installed. The ALVR42 louver is 45" tall to accommodate proper drainage of the unit and wall sleeve and proper discharge of condenser air and flue gases. Installation The ALVR42 is designed to be fastened to the finish wall, support wall or wall sleeve using field-supplied materials and techniques. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Whenever installing a louver facade of any type, special considerations must be made for proper drainage and air circulation. The drain holes of the wall sleeve and the unit must never be obstructed. Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-11 The louver will fit directly against the front of the unit. However, the lower lip of the unit will protrude into the louver. The louver must be positioned to accommodate the protruding lower lip. The louver must be caulk sealed on all four sides and field-supplied flashing should be installed across the bottom of the louver. This will prevent water runoff directly onto the finish wall. 28.875" 13.831" 13.831" .500" x .375" x 28.875" Polyether Gasket 1.225" Typ. 1.225" Typ. .775" Typ. Gasket 45.000" SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 FIGURE 7-3 ALVR Architectural Aluminum Extended Louver ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 7-12 34961A001 Compressor Vibration Isolator Kit The 34961A001 spring/grommet kit is designed to isolate vibrations common to most compressors away from the base of Magic-Pak units and building walls. Some types of wall construction will be especially susceptible to vibration transmissions. In these instances, installers and building designers must make special considerations for isolating vibration. Designing and constructing walls and wall openings in a particular manner to isolate vibration transmission is the recommended procedure for dealing with these instances. However, if further vibration isolation is necessary, the 34961A001 compressor vibration isolator kit should be used. For instructions and recommendations on designing and constructing walls and wall openings, refer to the Magic-Pak Application Manual. Installation The Magic-Pak cooling chassis must be removed from the cabinet to perform the following installation procedures. Refer to the Chassis Removal section beginning on page 3-4 for instructions on proper chassis removal. To install the 34961A001 kit: 1. Remove the factory-installed compressor mounting leg bolts from the base of the compressor. 2. Lift the compressor of the base of the chassis by inserting a large screwdriver or pry bar under the belly of the compressor. 3. Support the compressor by sliding a 3/4" to 1-1/4" thick wooden block or suitable material underneath the compressor belly. The copper refrigerant tubing connected to the compressor will have some free movement. However, be careful not to kink or damage the tubing. Loss of refrigerant or lack of proper unit performance may result. 4. Remove the factory-installed rubber grommets from the compressor mounting legs. 5. Install the top rubber spacer in the compressor mounting legs. 6. Insert the bottom rubber spacer into the bottom of the spring and slide the spring between the upper spacer and chassis base. 7. Insert the metal sleeve through the top of the upper spacer, spring and lower spacer. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 8. Re-install the bolts removed in step 1. Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-13 Use of spray lubricant or liquid soap will aid in the installation of rubber parts. Compressor belly is rounded and can be “rocked” on the belly support. It is easiest to install one spring grommet at a time. Start with the most difficult to access compressor mounting leg and work in a crisscross pattern from back to front. Compressor mounting bolts should be tightened down so that the metal sleeve is secured fast to the chassis base and bolt head. Before securing the final bolt, make sure that the wooden block or material supporting the belly of the compressor has been removed. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 TABLE 7-4 34961A001 Parts List Part Quantity Upper Rubber Spacer 4 Lower Rubber Spacer 4 Spring 4 Metal Sleeve 4 ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 7-14 ALPKT389-2 L.P. Gas Conversion Kit The ALPKT389-2 kit contains the following parts to convert the 26, 38, 51 and 64HW/HWC series gas furnace from natural gas to propane gas. For altitudes from 2000 - 4500 feet, a high altitude kit as supplied by the manufacturer must be used (see page 7-15). TABLE 7-5 ALPKT389-2 Parts List Part Quantity Conversion Plate 1 Gas Conversion Label 1 Air Shutter Adjustment Label 1 Installation Instructions 1 Adapter Kit for White-Rodgers 25K Gas Valve 1 #65 Main Burner Orifices 3 #64 Main Burner Orifices 4 #62 Main Burner Orifices 6 Gas Valve Conversion Label 1 Although the equipment is suitable for operation with propane gas (after the conversion kit has been installed), certain precautions must be observed because of the distinct burning characteristics of propane gas. The following problems may be encountered: TABLE 7-6 ALPKT389-2 Orifices 1. Burning back at the orifices with a loud roar Model Propane Orifice Size 26HW/HWC #65 2. Loud popping upon extinction of the burner 38HW/HWC #64 3. Flame rollout at the time of the ignition 51HW/HWC #62 These problems can be caused by: 64HW/HWC #62 1. Low gas pressure 2. Improper air adjustment 3. Incorrect burning rate The furnace has a regulator in the gas valve. A regulator is also required on the propane tank. Another regulator may be required at the house or the unit. The minimum permissible gas supply pressure to the furnace is 11" W.C. for the purpose of input adjustment. The maximum permissible gas pressure to the gas valve is 14" W.C. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-15 AHALT390-1 High Altitude Kit The AHALT390-1 kit contains the following parts to convert the 26, 38, 51 and 64HW/HWC series units to high altitude for natural or propane gas. If the field conversion is for high altitude propane gas, be sure to install the appropriate gas valve conversion kit (see page 7-14). TABLE 7-7 AHALT390-1 Parts List Part Quantity Installation Instructions 1 High Altitude Conversion Plate 1 Air Shutter Adjustment Label 1 Burner Orifices #55 (Natural Gas) 3 Burner Orifices #54 (Natural Gas) 5 Burner Orifices #53 (Natural Gas) 6 Burner Orifices #65 (Propane Gas) 3 Burner Orifices #64 (Propane Gas) 4 Burner Orifices #63 (Propane Gas) 6 Regulator - Natural Gas The minimum permissible gas supply pressure is 5.0" W.C. for purpose of input adjustment. Gas input must never exceed the input capacity shown on the rating plate. The furnace is equipped for rated inputs with manifold pressure of 3.5" W.C. for natural gas. Only small variations in gas input may be made by adjusting the regulator. In no case should the final manifold pressure vary more than 0.3" W.C. from the specified pressure. To check this pressure: 1. Turn off the gas valve. 2. Remove the plug on the valve marked “OUTLET PRESSURE”. 3. Install a water manometer. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Turn gas valve “ON”. If manifold pressure must be adjusted, remove cap from pressure regulator and turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure, counterclockwise to reduce pressure. After checking pressure, turn gas off, remove the manometer fitting and replace the pipe plug and regulator cap. Put furnace in operation and leak check plug for leaks using a soapy solution. Check the furnace rate by observing the gas meter, when available, making sure all other gas appliances are turned off. The test hand on the meter should be timed for at least one revolution. Note the number of seconds for one revolution. ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 7-16 BTU/HR Cubic Feet Per Revolution x 3600 x Heating = INPUT # Seconds Per Revolution Value The heating value of your gas can be obtained from your local utility. With proper manifold pressure achieved, cycle main burners on and off. Ignition and extinction should be smooth and quiet. Burning back at the orifice or flame popping back to the orifice can be corrected by adjusting the air shutter to soften the flame. Regulator - Propane The furnace has a regulator in the gas valve. A regulator is also required on the propane tank. Another regulator may be required at the house or the unit. The minimum permissible gas supply pressure to the furnace is 11" W.C. for the purpose of input adjustment. If at any time ignition is slow and the burner does not seem to be operating correctly, check manifold pressure. It should be between 10" to 10.5" W.C. The furnace is designed to obtain rated input at 10.0" W.C. To check this pressure: 1. Turn off the gas valve. 2. Remove the plug on the valve. 3. Install a water manometer. Turn gas valve “ON”. If manifold pressure must be adjusted, remove cap from pressure regulator and turn adjustment screw clockwise to increase pressure, counterclockwise to reduce pressure. After checking pressure, turn gas off, remove the manometer fitting and replace the pipe plug and regulator cap. Put furnace in operation and leak check plug for leaks using a soapy solution. With proper manifold pressure achieved, cycle main burners on and off. Ignition and extinction should be smooth and quiet. Burning back at the orifice or flame popping back to the orifice can be corrected by adjusting the air shutter to soften the flame. TABLE 7-8 AHALT390-1 Orifices High High Altitude Altitude Input Output Btuh Btuh Model Size Normal Input Btuh 26HW/HWC 26,000 23,400 18,000 55 65 38HW/HWC 38,000 24,200 27,000 54 64 51HW/HWC 51,000 45,900 36,000 54 63 64HW/HWC 64,000 57,600 45,000 53 63 Orifice Size Natural Propane SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-17 ATIMR466-1 Short Cycle Protector Kit The ATIMR466-1 Short Cycle Protector Kit helps guard against compressor failure due to repeated, short interval on/off cycles. It is also referred to as the Nuisance Blower Operation Repair Kit. The kit is designed to be used in conjunction with matching air conditioner or heat pumps for comfort cooling/heating applications as shown in the Armstrong specification information. TABLE 7-9 ATIMR466-1 Parts List Part Quantity Time Delay Relay 1 Fastener 1 Wires 3 Installation Instructions 1 Time Delay Relay T’stat Common Load Yellow Blue Contactor Coil C High Pressure Cutout (If Used) Discharge Thermostat (If Used) Low Voltage Leads to Contactor Coil from Thermostat Y Discharge Thermostat (If Used) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 FIGURE 7-4 ATIMR466-1 Kit Wiring ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 7-18 ADAPT420-2 Chassis Conversion Kit The ADAPT420-2 kit was designed to retrofit an HWC122, 182, 242 or 302 chassis onto a cabinet originally equipped with an HWC12, 18, 24 or 30 chassis. This kit cannot be used to replace an HWC181, 241 or 301. TABLE 7-10 ADAPT420-2 Parts List Part Quantity Installation Instructions 1 Filler Panel 1 Center Rear Panel (Filter Access Panel Support) 1 Foam Sealing Tape (12 inches) 1 Wiring Diagram Labels 2 When replacing the old chassis, the new chassis must have the same nominal cooling capacity. If the nominal cooing capacity of the new chassis is larger than the original, both the appliance internal line voltage wire and the field wiring must be checked for proper size. The fuse and/or breaker size must also be checked. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-19 Fenwal Triton Ignition Control Kit This kit enables the Fenwal “Triton” local sense, one-hour retry, direct spark ignition (DSI) control to be used as a service parts replacement for earlier versions of Fenwal DSI controls used on HW/HWC models. The operation and features of this ignition control differ from the other types of DSI controls used. These features include: • Longer trial for ignition (15 seconds nominal). • One-hour retry feature (if main burner operation is not proved after three trials for ignition, control goes into lockout for one hour, then automatically initiates another ignition sequence; will repeat as long as call for heat exists). • Senses flame through spark electrode (local flame sense) instead of through a separate flame sensor (remote flame sense). • Diagnostic LED indicates certain ignition and venting system malfunctions (refer to control label for specific diagnostic codes). • Includes flame current (FC) test terminals. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 TABLE 7-11 Triton Ignition Control Kit Parts List Part Quantity Fenwal "Triton" 2461D Series Direct Spark Gas Ignition Control 1 High Voltage Electrode Cable 1 Low Voltage Jumper Wire (May Be Pre-installed on Ignition Control Terminals) 1 Wiring Label 1 Installation Instructions 1 ACCESSORIES Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 7-20 TL109 Burner Tray Kit The TL109 Burner Tray Kit is designed for use in HW/HWC’s that were originally equipped with single port inshot burners. Four kits are available, one for each natural gas heating input rating as follows: • 26,000 BTUH (3 main burners) • 38,000 BTUH (4 main burners) • 51,000 BTUH (5 main burners) • 64,000 BTUH (6 main burners) Each kit includes: • An assembled burner tray including manifold, natural gas orifices and 3, 4, 5 or 6 main burners (depending on heating input rating • A three-rod combination igniter/sensor • Installation instructions The burner tray assembly included in this kit can be used with either the Fenwal remote sense ignition control (which uses a separate flame sensor lead), or the more recent Fenwal local sense ignition control (which does not use a separate flame sensor lead). When used with the remote sense ignition control, the three-rod combination igniter/sensor in the kit effectively makes this a “local sense” system. Burner Carryover Gap .025" (+/.002") Burners FIGURE 7-5 TL109 Burner Tray SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual ACCESSORIES 7-21 AMUFFKT494-1 Discharge Muffler Kit In the event that during operation an unacceptable noise occurs, a muffler kit (AMUFFKT494-1) may be installed in the discharge line*. The chamber of the muffler acts as a sound-absorbing chamber reducing compressor pulsation noises. * AMUFFKT494-1 is designed to be used only with HWC182 units. Discharge Line to Condenser Coil Discharge Muffler SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 FIGURE 7-6 AMUFFKT494-1 Kit Discharge Muffler Installation Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-1 Section 8 - Parts Lists HWC123, 183, 243, 303-1 .................. 8-2 HWC182, 242-11 ................................ 8-5 HWC122, 242-10 ................................ 8-7 HWC182-9 ........................................ 8-10 HWC242, 302-9 ................................ 8-12 HWC122, 182, 242, 302-8 ................ 8-14 HWC182-6/7 .................................... 8-17 HWC122, 282, 242, 302-5 ................ 8-19 HWC182, 302-4 ................................ 8-22 HWC122, 182, 242, 302-3 ................ 8-25 HWC182-2 ........................................ 8-28 HWC122, 182, 242, 302--1 ............... 8-30 HW-1 ................................................ 8-33 HWA-9 .............................................. 8-35 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 HWC123, 183, 243, 303S-1 (Low Ambient) .................................... 8-37 HWC123, 183, 243, 303H-1 (High Altitude) ................................... 8-40 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-2 HWC3-A-1 REVISED 4-26-99 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC123A-1(*) 38HWC123A-1(*) 38HWC183A-1(*) 51HWC183A-1(*) 64HWC183A-1(*) 38HWC243A-1(*) 51HWC243A-1(*) 64HWC243A-1(*) 51HWC303A-1(*) 64HWC303A-1(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 44987-001 VALVE-GAS HONEYWELL + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 42074-001 MANIFOLD A 1 11 42074-002 MANIFOLD A 1 1 11 42074-003 MANIFOLD A 11 42074-004 MANIFOLD A 1 1 1 13 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS A 6 6 6 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS A 13 39030B005 ORIFICE #54 NATURAL GAS A 3 20 44992-001 ELECTRODE + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 21 44993-001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 24 44990-001 CONTROL-IGNITION/BLOWER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 34 41948-001 BURNER A 3 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 38 38999D009 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 38 38999D010 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 1 38 38999D011 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D012 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 40 S38841B001 TURBULATOR 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER 47 38978B001 52 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC303A-1A First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC303A-1(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 1 1 4 4 1 5 4 1 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GASKET-FLUE COL. END + A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 40154B007 CONTROL-LIMIT + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B005 SWITCH-ROLLOUTGREEN + A 1 57 44819-010 SWITCH-PRESSURE RED A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 A Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-3 HWC3-A-1 REVISED 4-26-99 (cont.) REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC123A-1(*) 38HWC123A-1(*) TO SELECT PART # 69 39045B001 MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE + A 1 1 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 73 34833-001 WHEEL-BLOWER 74 S39010B001 ASSEMBLY-BLOWER HOUSING 86 34001D001 CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370 VAC 86 34001D004 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 38HWC183A-1(*) 51HWC183A-1(*) 64HWC183A-1(*) 38HWC243A-1(*) 51HWC243A-1(*) 64HWC243A-1(*) 51HWC303A-1(*) 64HWC303A-1(*) 64HWC303A-1A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 02764B000 BOARD-TERMINAL + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 124 45001-001 ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 125 45002-001 ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 127 06131B046 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50" A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 130 45004-001 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 38982B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 38983B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 1 250 40649-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 41114-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 255 38979B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 40648-001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 256 S43271-001 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 256 S43271-002 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 256 S43271-003 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 256 S43375-001 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 1 1 First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC303A-1(*) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-4 HWC3-A-1 REVISED 4-26-99 (cont.) A 262 39008C001 COMPRESSOR-RK147ET-002-A4 A 262 42811-005 COMPRESSOR-ZR24KC-PFV-130 A 262 42811-006 COMPRESSOR-ZR28KC-PFV-130 A 267 41254-001 MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE + A 267 41282-001 MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE + A 268 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 1 1 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A 1 1 1 1 271 38514D002 CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 276 42725-001 PLUG-COMPRESSOR + A 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A 1 1 301 39059B001 FILTER-DRIER + A 1 1 301 39059B002 FILTER-DRIER + A 301 39059B003 FILTER-DRIER + A 1 1 1 1 1 64HWC303A-1(*) COMPRESSOR-AW501ET-089-A4 51HWC303A-1(*) 1 262 35125C009 64HWC243A-1(*) 1 PART DESCRIPTION 51HWC243A-1(*) 64HWC183A-1(*) 1 REF PART # 38HWC243A-1(*) 51HWC183A-1(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 38HWC183A-1(*) 64HWC303A-1(*) 38HWC123A-1(*) First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 26HWC123A-1(*) 64HWC303A-1A SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-5 HWC182-242A-11 REVISED 1-20-98 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 38HWC182A-11(*) 38HWC242A-11(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A-B 1 1 5 39029B001 CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER + A-B 1 1 7 43108-001 VALVE-GAS + A-B 1 1 11 42074-002 MANIFOLD A-B 1 1 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS A-B 4 4 20 41957-001 ELECTRODE + A-B 1 1 21 41583-001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A-B 1 1 24 43110-001 CONTROL-IGNITION + A-B 1 1 34 41948-001 BURNER A-B 4 4 38 38999D010 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A-B 1 1 40 S38841B001 TURBULATOR A-B 4 4 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER + A-B 1 1 47 38978B001 GASKET-FLUE COL. END + A-B 2 2 52 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT + A-B 1 1 54 39113B001 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH A-B 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED A-B 1 1 57 43336-010 SWITCH-PRESSURE RED A-B 1 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT + A-B 1 1 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A-B 1 1 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A-B 1 1 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A-B 3 3 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER A-B 1 1 74 S39010B001 ASSY-BLOWER HOUSING A-B 1 1 86 S39232D004 CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC A-B 1 1 124 43109-001 A-B 1 1 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 38HWC242A-11A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 38HWC242A-11(*) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > ASSY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER + + PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-6 HWC182-242A-11 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION SERVICE LEVEL = * 38HWC182A-11(*) 38HWC242A-11(*) Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 125 39605B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER A-B 1 1 126 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF A-B 1 1 127 06131B055 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50" A-B 1 1 130 39007D006 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A-B 1 1 250 38983B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A-B 250 41114-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A-B 1 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A-B 1 256 S43267-002 ASSY-CAPILLARY TUBE A-B 1 256 S43267-003 ASSY-CAPILLARY TUBE A-B 262 35125C009 COMP-AW501ET-089-A4 A-B 262 42811-005 COMP-ZR24KC-PFV-130 A-B 1 267 41254-001 MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE + A-B 1 267 41282-001 MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE + A-B 268 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A-B 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A-B 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A-B 1 1 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC + A-B 1 1 276 42725-001 ASSY-COMPRESSOR PLUG + A-B 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A-B 38HWC242A-11A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 38HWC242A-11(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-7 HWC122-242A-10 REVISED 4-26-99 REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC122A-10(*) 38HWC122A-10(*) 38HWC242A-10(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A-B 1 1 1 5 39029B001 CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER + A-B 1 1 1 7 43108-001 VALVE-GAS + A-B 1 1 1 11 42074-001 MANIFOLD A-B 1 11 42074-002 MANIFOLD A-B 1 1 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS A-B 4 4 13 39030B005 ORIFICE #54 NATURAL GAS A-B 3 20 41957-001 ELECTRODE + A-B 1 1 1 21 41583-001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A-B 1 1 1 24 43110-001 CONTROL-IGNITION + A-B 1 1 1 34 41948-001 BURNER A-B 3 4 4 38 38999D009 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A-B 1 38 38999D010 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A-B 1 1 40 S38841B001 TURBULATOR 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER 47 38978B001 52 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 38HWC242A-10A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 38HWC242A-10(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION A-B 3 4 4 + A-B 1 1 1 GASKET-FLUE COL. END + A-B 2 2 2 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT + A-B 1 1 1 54 39113B001 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH A-B 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED + A-B 1 1 55 37520B005 SWITCH-ROLLOUT GREEN + A-B 1 57 43336-010 SWITCH-PRESSURE RED A-B 1 1 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT + A-B 1 1 1 69 39045B001 MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE + A-B 1 1 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A-B 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A-B 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-8 HWC122-242A-10 REVISED 4-26-99 (cont.) SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC122A-10(*) 38HWC122A-10(*) 38HWC242A-10(*) Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A-B 3 3 3 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER A-B 1 1 1 74 S39010B001 ASSEMBLY-BLOWER HOUSING A-B 1 1 1 86 S39232D001 CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370 VAC + A-B 1 1 86 S39232D004 CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC + A-B 124 43109-001 ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER A-B 1 1 1 125 39605B001 ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER A-B 1 1 1 126 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF A-B 1 1 1 127 06131B055 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50" A-B 1 1 1 130 39007-006 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A-B 1 1 1 250 38982B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A-B 1 1 250 38983B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A-B 255 38979B001 COIL-INDOOR A-B 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A-B 256 S43267-001 ASSEMBLY-CAPILLARY TUBE A-B 256 S43267-003 ASSEMBLY-CAPILLARY TUBE A-B 1 262 35136C005 COMPRESSOR-ZR23K1-PFV A-B 1 262 39008C001 COMPRESSOR-RK147ET-002-A4 A-B 267 41254-001 MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE + A-B 267 41282-001 MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE + A-B 268 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A-B 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A-B 1 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A-B 1 1 38HWC242A-10A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 38HWC242A-10(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-9 HWC122-242A-10 REVISED 4-26-99 (cont.) SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC122A-10(*) 38HWC122A-10(*) 271 38514D002 CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370VAC + A-B 1 1 271 38514D003 CAPACITOR-30/5 MFD@370VAC + A-B 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A-B Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 38HWC242A-10A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 38HWC242A-10(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION 38HWC242A-10(*) REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-10 HWC182-9 REVISED 1-20-98 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 38HWC182A-9(*) 51HWC182A-9(*) 64HWC182A-9(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A-E 1 1 1 5 39029B002 CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER + A-E 1 1 1 7 39031D001 VALVE-GAS + A-C 1 1 1 7 43108-001 VALVE-GAS + E 1 1 1 11 42074-002 MANIFOLD A-E 1 1 1 11 42074-003 MANIFOLD A-E 1 1 11 42074-004 MANIFOLD A-E 1 1 13 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS A-E 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS A-E 4 5 20 41957-001 ELECTRODE + A-E 1 1 1 21 41583-001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A-E 1 1 1 24 43110-001 CONTROL-IGNITION + A-E 1 1 1 34 41948-001 BURNER A-E 4 5 6 38 38999D010 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A-E 1 38 38999D011 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A-E 38 38999D012 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A-E 40 S38841B001 TURBULATOR 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER 47 38978B001 52 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC182A-9A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 64HWC182A-9(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > 6 1 1 4 5 6 + A-E 1 1 1 GASKET-FLUE COL. END + A-E 2 2 2 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT + A-E 1 1 1 54 39113B001 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH A-E 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED A-E 1 1 1 57 43336-010 SWITCH-PRESSURE RED A-E 1 1 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT + A-E 1 1 1 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A-E 1 1 1 + SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 A-E Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-11 HWC182-9 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION SERVICE LEVEL = * 38HWC182A-9(*) 51HWC182A-9(*) 64HWC182A-9(*) Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A-E 1 1 1 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A-E 3 3 3 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER A-E 1 1 1 74 S39010B001 ASSY-BLOWER HOUSING A-E 1 1 1 86 S39232D004 CAPACITOR 7.5 MFD@370VAC A-E 1 1 1 124 43109-001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER A-E 1 1 1 125 39605B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER A-E 1 1 1 126 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF A-E 1 1 1 127 06131B055 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50" A-E 1 1 1 130 39007D006 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A-E 1 1 1 250 41114-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A-E 1 1 1 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A-E 1 1 1 256 S39058B002 ASSY-CAP TUBE A-B 1 1 1 256 S43627-002 ASSY-CAP TUBE C-E 1 1 1 262 35125C009 COMP-AW201ET-033-A4 A-E 1 1 1 267 41282-001 MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE A-E 1 1 1 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A-E 1 1 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A-E 1 1 1 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR 35/5 MFD@370VAC + A-E 1 1 1 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A-E 1 1 1 64HWC182A-9A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 64HWC182A-9(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # + + + PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-12 HWC242-302-9 REVISED 1-20-98 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 51HWC242A-9(*) 64HWC242A-9(*) 51HWC302A-9(*) 64HWC302A-9(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A-B 1 1 1 1 5 39029B002 CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER + A-B 1 1 1 1 7 43108-001 VALVE-GAS + A-B 1 1 1 1 11 42074-003 MANIFOLD A-B 1 11 42074-004 MANIFOLD A-B 1 1 13 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS A-B 6 6 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS A-B 5 20 41957-001 ELECTRODE + A-B 1 1 1 1 21 41583-002 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A-B 1 1 1 1 24 43110-001 CONTROL-IGNITION + A-B 1 1 1 1 34 41948-001 BURNER A-B 5 6 5 6 38 38999D011 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A-B 1 38 38999D012 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A-B 40 S38841B001 TURBULATOR 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER 47 38978B001 52 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC302A-9A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 64HWC302A-9(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > 1 5 1 1 1 5 6 5 6 + A-B 1 1 1 1 GASKET-FLUE COL. END + A-B 2 2 2 2 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT + A-B 1 1 1 1 54 39113B001 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH A-B 1 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED + A-B 1 1 1 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT + A-B 1 1 1 1 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A-B 1 1 1 1 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A-B 1 1 1 1 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A-B 3 3 3 3 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER A-B 1 1 1 1 74 S39010B001 ASSEMBLY -BLOWER HOUSING A-B 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 A-B Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-13 HWC242-302-9 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 51HWC242A-9(*) 64HWC242A-9(*) 51HWC302A-9(*) 64HWC302A-9(*) TO SELECT PART # + A-B 1 1 1 1 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER A-B 1 1 1 1 39605B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER A-B 1 1 1 1 126 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF A-B 1 1 1 1 127 06131B055 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50" A-B 1 1 1 1 130 39007D006 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A-B 1 1 1 1 250 38983B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A-B 1 1 250 40649-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A-B 1 1 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A-B 255 40648-001 COIL-INDOOR A-B 1 1 256 S43271-002 ASSY-CAPILLARY TUBE A-B 256 S43280-001 ASSY-CAPILLARY TUBE A-B 1 1 262 42811-005 COMP-ZR24KC-PFV-130 A-B 262 42811-006 COMP-ZR28KC-PFV-130 1 1 267 41254-001 MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE 268 39062B001 269 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC302A-9A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 64HWC302A-9(*) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION 86 S39232D004 CAPACITOR 7.5 MFD@370VAC 124 43109-001 125 + + 1 1 1 1 1 1 A-B 1 1 1 1 BLADE-FAN A-B 1 1 1 1 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A-B 1 1 1 1 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR 35/5 MFD@370VAC + A-B 1 1 1 1 276 42725-001 PLUG-COMPRESSOR + A-B 1 1 1 1 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A-B 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-14 HWC-8 REVISED 1-20-98 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC122-8(*) 38HWC122-8(*) 38HWC182-8(*) 51HWC182-8(*) 64HWC182-8(*) 38HWC242-8(*) 51HWC242-8(*) 64HWC242-8(*) 51HWC302-8(*) 64HWC302-8(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 39029B002 CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 39031D001 VALVE-GAS + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 42074-001 MANIFOLD A 1 11 42074-002 MANIFOLD A 1 1 11 42074-003 MANIFOLD A 11 42074-004 MANIFOLD A 1 1 1 13 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 A 6 6 6 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 A 13 39030B005 ORIFICE #54 A 3 20 41957-001 ELECTRODE + A 21 41583-001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + 24 41582-002 CONTROL-IGNITION + 34 41948-001 38 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC302-8A First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC302-8(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 1 1 1 1 4 4 5 4 5 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 A 1 1 BURNER A 3 38999D009 ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 38 38999D010 ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D011 ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 1 1 38 38999D012 ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 40 38841B001 TURBULATOR A 3 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 47 38978B001 GASKET-FLUE COL END + A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 52 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 54 39113B001 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B005 SWITCH-ROLLOUT GREEN + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 1 5 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-15 HWC-8 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 51HWC182-8(*) 64HWC182-8(*) 38HWC242-8(*) 51HWC242-8(*) 64HWC242-8(*) 51HWC302-8(*) 64HWC302-8(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 38HWC182-8(*) 64HWC302-8(*) 38HWC122-8(*) First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 26HWC122-8(*) 64HWC302-8A SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION 57 41862-001 SWITCH-PRESS RED A 57 41862-002 SWITCH-PRESS GREEN A 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT + A 69 39045B001 MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE + A 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER 74 39010B001 ASSY-BLOWER HOUSING 86 39232D001 CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370V 86 39232D004 CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370V 124 42268-001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 125 39605B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 126 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 127 06131B046 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .5" A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 128 06132B001 ROD-FILTER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 130 39007D005 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 38982B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 38983B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 1 250 40649-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 41114-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 255 38979B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 40648-001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-16 HWC-8 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) 51HWC302-8(*) 64HWC302-8(*) 1 256 39058B002 ASSY-CAP TUBE A 256 39058B003 ASSY-CAP TUBE A 256 40650-001 ASSY-CAP TUBE A 1 1 262 35136C001 COMP-ZR28K1-PFV A 1 1 262 35136C005 COMP-ZR23K1-PFV A 262 39008C001 COMP-RK147ET-002-A4 A 262 39008C002 COMP-RK233ET-009-A4 A 267 41254-001 MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE + A 267 41282-001 MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE + A 268 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 1 1 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A 1 1 1 1 1 271 38514D002 CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 1 1 1 271 38514D003 CAPACITOR-30/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A 282 40715-001 RELAY-TIME DELAY + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 64HWC242-8(*) 1 51HWC242-8(*) A Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 38HWC242-8(*) 38HWC122-8(*) ASSY-CAP TUBE 64HWC302-8(*) 64HWC182-8(*) 26HWC122-8(*) 256 39058B001 First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 51HWC182-8(*) PART DESCRIPTION 64HWC302-8A 38HWC182-8(*) REF PART # SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-17 REVISED 1-20-98 HWC-6/7 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 38HWC182-7(*) 51HWC182-6(*) 64HWC182-6(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A 1 1 1 5 39029B001 CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER + A 1 1 1 7 39031D001 VALVE-GAS + A 1 1 1 11 38832B002 MANIFOLD-4 CELL A 1 11 38832B003 MANIFOLD-5 CELL A 11 38832B004 MANIFOLD-6 CELL A 1 13 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS A 6 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS A 4 5 20 39050B001 ELECTRODE + A 1 1 1 21 41583-001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A 1 1 1 24 41582-002 CONTROL-IGNITION + A 1 1 1 34 39006B001 ASSY-BURNER A 4 5 6 38 38999D010 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 38 38999D011 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D012 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 40 38841B001 TURBULATOR A 4 5 6 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER + A 1 1 1 47 38978B001 GASKET-FLUE COL. END + A 2 2 2 52 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT + A 1 1 1 54 39113B001 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH A 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED A 1 1 1 57 41862-001 SWITCH-PRESS RED A 1 1 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT + A 1 1 1 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A 1 1 1 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 1 1 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC182-6A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 64HWC182-6(*) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > + 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-18 HWC-6/7 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION SERVICE LEVEL = * 38HWC182-7(*) 51HWC182-6(*) 64HWC182-6(*) Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 3 3 3 73 34833B001 WHEEL BLOWER A 1 1 1 74 39010B001 ASSY-BLOWER HOUSING A 1 1 1 86 39232D004 CAPACITOR 7.5 MFD@370VAC A 1 1 1 124 40231B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS FEMALE A 1 1 1 125 39605B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS MALE A 1 1 1 126 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF A 1 1 1 127 06131B046 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50" A 1 1 1 128 06132B001 ROD-FILTER A 1 1 1 130 39007D005 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 250 41114-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 1 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 1 262 35125C009 COMP-AW5517G A 1 1 1 267 41282-001 MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE A 1 1 1 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A 1 1 1 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR 35/5 MFD@370VAC + A 1 1 1 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A 1 1 1 64HWC182-6A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 64HWC182-6(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > + + SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-19 HWC-5 REVISED 1-20-98 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC122-5(*) 38HWC122-5(*) 38HWC182-6(*) 51HWC182-5(*) 64HWC182-5(*) 38HWC242-5(*) 51HWC242-4(*) 64HWC242-4(*) 51HWC302-5(*) 64HWC302-5(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 39029B002 CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 39031D001 VALVE-GAS + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 38832B001 MANIFOLD-3 CELL A 1 11 38832B002 MANIFOLD-4 CELL A 1 1 11 38832B003 MANIFOLD-5 CELL A 11 38832B004 MANIFOLD-6 CELL A 1 1 1 13 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 A 6 6 6 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 A 13 39030B005 ORIFICE #54 A 3 20 39050B001 ELECTRODE + A 21 41583-001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + 24 41582-002 CONTROL-IGNITION + 34 39006B001 38 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC302-5A First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC302-5(*) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 1 1 1 1 4 4 5 4 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ASSY-BURNER A 3 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 38999D009 ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 38 38999D010 ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 1 38 38999D011 ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D012 ASSY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 40 38841B001 TURBULATOR A 3 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 47 38978B001 GASKET-FLUE COL END + A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 52 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 54 39113B001 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-20 HWC-5 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) 51HWC182-5(*) 64HWC182-5(*) 38HWC242-5(*) 51HWC242-4(*) 64HWC242-4(*) 51HWC302-5(*) 64HWC302-5(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 38HWC182-6(*) 64HWC302-5(*) 38HWC122-5(*) First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 26HWC122-5(*) 64HWC302-5A SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION 57 41862-001 SWITCH-PRESS RED A 57 41862-002 SWITCH-PRESS GREEN A 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT + A 69 39045B001 MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE + A 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER 74 39010B001 ASSY-BLOWER HOUSING 86 39232D001 CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370V 86 39232D004 CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370V 124 40231B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS FEMALE A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 125 39605B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS MALE A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 126 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 127 06131B046 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .5" + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 128 06132B001 ROD-FILTER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 130 39007D005 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 38982B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 38983B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 1 250 40649-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 41114-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 255 38979B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 40648-001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-21 HWC-5 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) 51HWC302-5(*) 64HWC302-5(*) 1 256 39058B002 ASSY-CAP TUBE A 256 39058B003 ASSY-CAP TUBE A 256 40650-001 ASSY-CAP TUBE A 1 1 262 35136C001 COMP-ZR28K1-PFV A 1 1 262 35136C005 COMP-ZR23K1-PFV A 262 39008C001 COMP-RK147ET-002-A4 A 262 39008C002 COMP-RK233ET-009-A4 A 267 41254-001 MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE + A 267 41282-001 MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE + A 268 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 1 1 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A 1 1 1 1 1 271 38514D002 CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 1 1 1 271 38514D003 CAPACITOR-30/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A 282 40715-001 RELAY-TIME DELAY + A SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 64HWC242-4(*) 1 51HWC242-4(*) A Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 38HWC242-5(*) 38HWC122-5(*) ASSY-CAP TUBE 64HWC302-5(*) 64HWC182-5(*) 26HWC122-5(*) 256 39058B001 First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 51HWC182-5(*) PART DESCRIPTION 64HWC302-5A 38HWC182-6(*) REF PART # SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-22 REVISED 1-20-98 HWC-4 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 38HWC182-4(*) 51HWC182-4(*) 64HWC182-4(*) 51HWC302-4(*) 64HWC302-4(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A 1 1 1 1 1 5 39029B002 CONTROL-BLOWER CENTER + A 1 1 1 1 1 7 39031D001 VALVE-GAS + A 1 1 1 1 1 11 38832B002 MANIFOLD A 1 11 38832B003 MANIFOLD A 11 38832B004 MANIFOLD A 1 1 13 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS A 6 6 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS A 4 5 19 39073B001 SENSOR-FLAME + A 1 1 1 1 1 20 39050B001 ELECTRODE + A 1 1 1 1 1 21 39049B001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A 1 21 39049B002 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A 1 1 1 1 24 39048B001 CONTROL-IGNITION + A 1 1 1 1 1 34 39006B001 BURNER END SHOT A 4 5 6 5 6 38 38999D002 HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 38 38999D003 HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D004 HEAT EXCHANGER 40 S38841B001 TURBULATOR 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE FRONT 47 38978B001 52 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 38HWC182-4A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 38HWC182-4(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 4 5 6 5 6 + A 1 1 1 1 1 GASKET-FLUE SIDE + A 2 2 2 2 2 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT + A 1 1 1 1 1 54 39113B001 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH + A 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT + A 1 1 1 1 1 57 39089B001 SWITCH-N.O. PRESSURE A 1 1 1 1 1 63 39005B001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT A 1 1 1 1 1 + SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 A Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-23 HWC-4 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 38HWC182-4(*) 51HWC182-4(*) 64HWC182-4(*) 51HWC302-4(*) 64HWC302-4(*) TO SELECT PART # + A 1 1 1 1 1 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 1 1 1 1 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 3 3 3 3 3 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER A 1 1 1 1 1 74 39010B001 HOUSING-BLOWER A 1 1 1 1 1 86 39232D004 CAPACITOR 7.5 MFD@370VAC A 1 1 1 1 1 124 40231B001 ASSY-FEMALE RECPT. A 1 1 1 1 1 125 390650B001 ASSY-MALE RECPT. A 1 1 1 1 1 126 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF + A 1 1 1 1 1 127 06131B046 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50" + A 1 1 1 1 1 128 06132B001 ROD-FILTER A 1 1 1 1 1 130 39007D003 WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 1 1 250 40649-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 41114-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 1 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 1 255 40648-001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 256 39058B002 CAP TUBE ASSY-DRIER A 256 40650-001 CAP TUBE ASSY-DRIER A 1 1 262 35136C001 COMPRESSOR A 1 1 262 39008C002 COMPRESSOR A 267 39044B001 MOTOR 1/4 HP + A 1 1 267 39084B001 MOTOR 1/8 HP + A 268 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A 1 1 1 1 1 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 38HWC182-4A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 38HWC182-4(*) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP 71 07407B000 72 + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-24 HWC-4 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) SERVICE LEVEL = * 38HWC182-4(*) 51HWC182-4(*) 64HWC182-4(*) 271 38514D002 CAPACITOR 25/5 MFD@370VAC + A 1 1 1 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR 35/5 MFD@370VAC + A 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A 282 38065A001 RELAY-TIME DELAY + A 301 39059B002 DRIER + A 301 39059B003 DRIER + A 38HWC182-4A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 38HWC182-4(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > 1 1 1 1 1 64HWC302-4(*) PART DESCRIPTION Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 51HWC302-4(*) REF PART # REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-25 HWC-3 REVISED 1-20-98 REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC122-3(*) 38HWC122-3(*) 38HWC182-3(*) 51HWC182-3(*) 64HWC182-3(*) 38HWC242-3(*) 51HWC242-3(*) 64HWC242-3(*) 51HWC302-3(*) 64HWC302-3(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 39029B001 CENTER BLO. CONT. + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 39031D001 VALVE-GAS + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 38832B001 MANIFOLD GAS A 1 11 38832B002 MANIFOLD GAS A 1 1 11 38832B003 MANIFOLD GAS A 11 38832B004 MANIFOLD GAS A 1 1 1 13 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 A 6 6 6 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 A 13 39030B005 ORIFICE #54 A 3 19 39073B001 SENSOR-FLAME + A 20 39050B001 ELECTRODE-D.S.I. + 21 39049B001 WIRE-ELECTRODE 21 39049B002 24 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC302-3A First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC302-3(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION 1 1 1 1 4 4 5 4 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 1 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A 1 1 1 1 39048B001 CONTROL-IGNITION + A 1 1 34 39006B001 BURNER END SHOT A 3 38 38999D001 HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 38 38999D002 HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D003 HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D004 HEAT EXCHANGER A 40 38841B001 TURBULATOR A 3 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 46 38977B001 GASKET FLUE FRONT + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 47 38978B001 GASKET FLUE SIDE + A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 52 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 54 39113B001 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-26 HWC-3 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) 51HWC242-3(*) 64HWC242-3(*) 51HWC302-3(*) 64HWC302-3(*) + 38HWC242-3(*) PART DESCRIPTION 64HWC182-3(*) REF PART # 51HWC182-3(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 38HWC182-3(*) 64HWC302-3(*) 38HWC122-3(*) First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 26HWC122-3(*) 64HWC302-3A SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT 57 39086B001 SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE A 57 39086B002 SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE A 1 63 39005B001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT + A 69 39045B001 MOTOR 1/6 HP + A 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP + A 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER 74 39010B001 HOUSING-BLOWER 86 34001D001 CAPACITOR BLO 4 86 34001D004 CAPACITOR BLO 7.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 124 39366B001 ASSY-FEMALE RECPT. A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 125 39605B001 MALE RECP. ASSY A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 126 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 127 06131B046 FILTER-AIR + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 128 06132B001 ROD-FILTER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 130 39007D002 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 38982B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 38983B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 38984B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 255 38979B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 38981B001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-27 HWC-3 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 256 39057B001 CAP TUBE ASSY A 256 39058B001 CAP TUBE ASSY A 256 39058B002 CAP TUBE ASSY A 256 39058B003 CAP TUBE ASSY A 262 35136C001 COMPRESSOR A 262 35136C005 COMPRESSOR A 262 39008C001 COMPRESSOR A 262 39008C002 COMPRESSOR A 267 39044B001 MOTOR FAN 1/4 HP + A 267 39084B001 MOTOR FAN 1/8 HP + A 268 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 1 1 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A 1 1 1 1 1 271 38514D002 CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 1 1 1 271 38514D003 CAPACITOR-30/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 278 35658B001 CONTACTOR + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 282 38065A001 RELAY-TIME DELAY + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 301 39059B001 FILTER-DRIER + A 1 1 301 39059B002 FILTER-DRIER + A 1 1 1 1 301 39059B003 FILTER-DRIER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 64HWC302-3(*) PART DESCRIPTION 51HWC302-3(*) REF PART # 64HWC242-3(*) 51HWC242-3(*) 38HWC242-3(*) 64HWC182-3(*) 51HWC182-3(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 38HWC182-3(*) 64HWC302-3(*) 38HWC122-3(*) First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 26HWC122-3(*) 64HWC302-3A SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-28 HWC-2 REVISED 1-20-98 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * TO SELECT PART # 1 39031D001 VALVE-GAS WHITE-RODGERS + A 3 39049B001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A 1 3 39049B002 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A 4 39029B001 CENTER BLO. CONT. + A 5 39048B001 CONTROL-IGNITION + 6 39073B001 SENSOR-FLAME 10 39050B001 16 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 38HWC182-2(*) 51HWC182-2(*) 64HWC182-2(*) 64HWC182-2A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 + A 1 1 1 ELECTRODE-D.S.I. + A 1 1 1 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT + A 1 1 1 18 36610B001 TRANSFORMER + A 1 1 1 25 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 1 26 39058B002 CAP TUBE ASSY A 1 1 1 28 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 A 5 6 28 39030B004 ORIFICE SPUD #53 A 4 33 38999D002 HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 33 38999D003 HEAT EXCHANGER A 33 38999D004 HEAT EXCHANGER A 35 38841B001 TURBULATOR A 4 5 6 38 38977B001 GASKET FLUE FRONT + A 1 1 1 38 38978B001 GASKET FLUE SIDE + A 2 2 2 47 39006B001 BURNER END SHOT A 4 5 6 48 38832B002 MANIFOLD GAS A 1 48 38832B003 MANIFOLD GAS A 48 38832B004 MANIFOLD GAS A 55 39086B001 SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE A 1 1 1 56 39005B001 BLOWER I.D. A 1 1 1 First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 64HWC182-2(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 + 1 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-29 HWC-2 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 38HWC182-2(*) 51HWC182-2(*) 64HWC182-2(*) TO SELECT PART # + A 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 + A 1 1 1 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH + A 1 1 1 34001D004 CAPACITOR BLO 7.5 + A 1 1 1 80 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP + A 1 1 1 81 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 1 1 82 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 3 3 3 83 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER A 1 1 1 84 39010B001 HOUSING-BLOWER A 1 1 1 96 39007D001 WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 97 06131B046 AIR FILTER A 1 1 1 98 06132B001 ROD-FILTER A 1 1 1 250 38983B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 1 255 35658B001 CONTACTOR A 1 1 1 260 39008C002 COMPRESSOR A 1 1 1 270 38514D002 CAPACITOR 25/5 + A 1 1 1 272 39044B001 MOTOR FAN 1/4 HP + A 1 1 1 273 03982D004 BRACKET MOTOR SUPPORT A 1 1 1 279 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 1 290 39118B001 MALE RECP. ASSY. A 1 1 1 328 39059B002 DRIER + A 1 1 1 348 38065A001 RELAY-TIME DELAY + A 1 1 1 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC182-2A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 64HWC182-2(*) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION 62 37520B004 SWITCH ROLLOUT 69 39366B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS 73 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF 74 39113B001 76 + + PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-30 HWC-1 REVISED 1-20-98 38HWC182-1(*) 51HWC182-1(*) 64HWC182-1(*) + A 1 1 1 1 1 3 39049B001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A 1 1 1 3 39049B002 WIRE-ELECTRODE + A 4 39029B001 CENTER BLO. CONT. + A 1 1 5 39048B002 CONTROL-IGNITION + A 1 6 39073B001 SENSOR-FLAME + A 10 39050B001 ELECTRODE-D.S.I. + 16 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT 18 36610B001 TRANSFORMER 25 38979B001 25 Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 64HWC302-1(*) 38HWC122-1(*) VALVE-GAS WHITE-RODGERS 64HWC302-1(*) 51HWC302-1(*) 26HWC122-1(*) 39031D001 First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC242-1(*) SERVICE LEVEL = * 1 64HWC302-1A 51HWC242-1(*) PART DESCRIPTION Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 38HWC242-1(*) REF PART # REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 1 1 1 1 25 38981B001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 26 39057B001 CAP TUBE ASSY A 1 1 26 39058B001 CAP TUBE ASSY A 26 39057B002 CAP TUBE ASSY A 26 39057B003 CAP TUBE ASSY A 28 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 A 5 6 28 39030B004 ORIFICE SPUD #53 A 28 39030B005 ORIFICE SPUD #54 A 3 33 38999D001 HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 33 38999D002 HEAT EXCHANGER A 33 38999D003 HEAT EXCHANGER A 33 38999D004 HEAT EXCHANGER A 35 38841B001 TURBULATOR A 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 6 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 6 1 1 4 4 5 6 1 4 5 6 1 5 6 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 3 1 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-31 HWC-1 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC122-1(*) 38HWC122-1(*) 38HWC182-1(*) 51HWC182-1(*) 64HWC182-1(*) 38HWC242-1(*) 51HWC242-1(*) 64HWC242-1(*) 51HWC302-1(*) 64HWC302-1(*) Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 38 38977B001 GASKET FLUE FRONT A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 38 38978B001 GASKET FLUE SIDE A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 47 39006B001 BURNER END SHOT A 3 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 48 38832B001 MANIFOLD GAS A 1 48 38832B002 MANIFOLD GAS A 1 1 48 38832B003 MANIFOLD GAS A 48 38832B004 MANIFOLD GAS A 55 39086B001 SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE A 55 39086B002 SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE A 1 56 39005B001 BLOWER I.D. + A 62 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT + 69 39366B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS 73 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF 74 39113B001 76 64HWC302-1A First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC302-1(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 34001D001 CAPACITOR BLO 4 + A 1 1 76 34001D004 CAPACITOR BLO 7.5 + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 80 39045B001 MOTOR 1/6 HP + A 80 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 81 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 82 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 83 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 84 39010B001 HOUSING-BLOWER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 96 39007D001 WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 97 06131B046 FILTER-AIR A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 98 06132B001 ROD-FILTER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-32 HWC-1 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) A 250 38984B001 COIL OUTDOOR A 255 35658B001 CONTACTOR A 260 35136C001 COMPRESSOR A 260 35136C004 COMPRESSOR A 260 35136C005 COMPRESSOR A 260 39008C001 COMPRESSOR A 1 1 270 38514D002 CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 270 38514D003 CAPACITOR-30/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 270 38514D004 CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 272 39044B001 MOTOR FAN 1/4 HP + A 272 39084B001 MOTOR FAN 1/8 HP + A 1 1 273 03982D004 BRACKET MOTOR SUP. A 1 1 279 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A 279 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 290 39118B001 MALE RECP. ASSY A 1 1 328 39059B001 FILTER-DRIER + A 1 1 328 39059B002 FILTER-DRIER + A 328 39059B003 FILTER-DRIER + A 348 38065A001 RELAY-TIME DELAY + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 64HWC302-1(*) COIL OUTDOOR 51HWC302-1(*) 250 38983B001 PART DESCRIPTION 64HWC242-1(*) 1 REF PART # 51HWC242-1(*) 1 Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 38HWC242-1(*) A 64HWC302-1(*) 64HWC182-1(*) 38HWC122-1(*) COIL OUTDOOR First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 51HWC182-1(*) 26HWC122-1(*) 250 38982B001 64HWC302-1A 38HWC182-1(*) SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-33 HW-1 REVISED 1-20-98 64HW-1A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 39031D001 VALVE-GAS WHITE-RODGERS 1 3 39049B001 WIRE-ELECTRODE 1 1 3 39049B002 WIRE-ELECTRODE 4 39248B001 CENTER BLO. CONT. 1 5 39048B001 CONTROL-IGNITION 6 39073B001 10 64HW-1(*) 1 51HW-1(*) PART DESCRIPTION 38HW-1(*) REF PART # 26HW-1(*) 64HW-1(*) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SENSOR-FLAME 1 1 1 1 39050B001 ELECTRODE-D.S.I. 1 1 1 1 16 01150A008 CONTROL-LIMIT 1 1 1 1 18 39370B001 TRANSFORMER 1 1 1 1 28 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 5 6 28 39030B004 ORIFICE SPUD 28 39030B005 ORIFICE SPUD 3 33 38999D001 HEAT EXCHANGER 1 33 38999D002 HEAT EXCHANGER 33 38999D003 HEAT EXCHANGER 33 38999D004 HEAT EXCHANGER 35 38841B001 TURBULATOR 3 4 5 6 38 38977B001 GASKET FLUE FRONT 1 1 1 1 38 38978B001 GASKET FLUE SIDE 2 2 2 2 47 39006B001 BURNER END SHOT 3 4 5 6 48 38832B001 MANIFOLD GAS 1 48 38832B002 MANIFOLD GAS 48 38832B003 MANIFOLD GAS 48 38832B004 MANIFOLD GAS Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-34 HW-1 REVISED 1-20-98 (cont.) First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 38HW-1(*) 51HW-1(*) 64HW-1(*) 64HW-1(*) 26HW-1(*) 64HW-1A SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SWITCH ROLLOUT 1 1 1 1 39366B001 ASSY-WIRE HARNESS 1 1 1 1 73 39080B001 VALVE-GAS SHUT-OFF 1 1 1 1 74 39113B001 GASKET-LIMIT SWITCH 1 1 1 1 76 34001D001 CAPACITOR BLO 4 1 1 76 34001D004 CAPACITOR BLO 7.5 1 1 80 39045B001 MOTOR 1/6 HP 80 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP 1 1 81 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING 1 1 1 1 82 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING 3 3 3 3 83 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER 1 1 1 1 84 39010B001 HOUSING-BLOWER 1 1 1 1 96 39247D001 WIRING DIAGRAM 1 1 1 1 97 06131B046 AIR FILTER 1 1 1 1 98 06132B001 ROD-FILTER 1 1 1 1 Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION 55 39086B001 SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE 55 39086B002 SWITCH N.O. PRESSURE 1 56 39005B001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT 62 37520B004 69 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-35 HWA-9 REVISED 4-26-99 REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWA-9(*) 38HWA-9(*) 51HWA-9(*) 64HWA-9(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A 1 1 1 1 7 44987-001 VALVE-GAS HONEYWELL + A 1 1 1 1 11 42074-001 MANIFOLD A 1 11 42074-002 MANIFOLD A 11 42074-003 MANIFOLD A 11 42074-004 MANIFOLD A 1 13 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS A 6 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS A 13 39030B005 ORIFICE #54 NATURAL GAS A 3 20 44992-001 ELECTRODE + A 21 44993-001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + 24 44990-001 CONTROL-IGNITION/BLOWER + 34 41948-001 38 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWA-9A First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 64HWA-9(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION 1 1 4 5 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 BURNER A 3 4 5 6 38999D009 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 38 38999D010 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D011 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D012 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 40 S38841B001 TURBULATOR 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER 47 38978B001 52 1 1 1 A 3 4 5 6 + A 1 1 1 1 GASKET-FLUE COL. END + A 2 2 2 2 40154B007 CONTROL-LIMIT + A 1 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED + A 1 1 1 55 37520B005 SWITCH-ROLLOUT GREEN + A 1 57 44819-010 SWITCH-PRESSURE RED A 1 1 1 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT A 1 1 1 1 + PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-36 HWA-9 REVISED 4-26-99 (cont.) PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWA-9(*) 38HWA-9(*) TO SELECT PART # 69 39045B001 MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE + A 1 1 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER 74 S39010B001 ASSEMBLY-BLOWER HOUSING 86 34001D001 CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370 VAC 86 34001D004 111 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWA-9A 51HWA-9(*) 64HWA-9(*) First find Model #. -------------------------------------------------------------- > 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 A 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 02764B000 BOARD-TERMINAL + A 1 1 1 1 124 45001-001 ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER A 1 1 1 1 127 06131B046 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50" A 1 1 1 1 130 45008-001 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 1 64HWA-9(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ------------------------------ > REF + SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-37 HWC3-S-1 REVISED 4-26-99 26HWC123SA-1(*) 38HWC123SA-1(*) 38HWC183SA-1(*) 51HWC183SA-1(*) 64HWC183SA-1(*) 38HWC243SA-1(*) 51HWC243SA-1(*) 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 44987-001 VALVE-GAS HONEYWELL + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 42074-001 MANIFOLD A 1 11 42074-002 MANIFOLD A 1 1 11 42074-003 MANIFOLD A 11 42074-004 MANIFOLD A 1 1 1 13 39030B003 ORIFICE #52 NATURAL GAS A 6 6 6 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS A 13 39030B005 ORIFICE #54 NATURAL GAS A 3 20 44992-001 ELECTRODE + A 21 44993-001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + 24 44990-001 CONTROL-IGNITION/BLOWER + 34 41948-001 38 First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC303SA-1(*) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 1 1 64HWC303SA-1(*) SERVICE LEVEL = * 1 64HWC303SA-1A 51HWC303SA-1(*) PART DESCRIPTION Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC243SA-1(*) REF PART # REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 5 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 A 1 1 BURNER A 3 38999D009 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 38 38999D010 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D011 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D012 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 40 S38841B001 TURBULATOR 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER 47 38978B001 52 1 1 4 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 3 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GASKET-FLUE COL. END + A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 40154B007 CONTROL-LIMIT + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B005 SWITCH-ROLLOUTGREEN + A 1 57 44819-010 SWITCH-PRESSURE RED A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-38 HWC3-S-1 REVISED 4-26-99 (cont.) REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC123SA-1(*) 38HWC123SA-1(*) TO SELECT PART # 69 39045B001 MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE + A 1 1 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER 74 S39010B001 ASSEMBLY-BLOWER HOUSING 86 34001D001 CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370 VAC 86 34001D004 38HWC183SA-1(*) 51HWC183SA-1(*) 64HWC183SA-1(*) 38HWC243SA-1(*) 51HWC243SA-1(*) 64HWC243SA-1(*) 51HWC303SA-1(*) 64HWC303SA-1(*) Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 02764B000 BOARD-TERMINAL + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 124 45001-001 ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 125 45002-001 ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 127 06131B046 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50" A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 130 45005-001 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 38982B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 38983B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 1 250 40649-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 41114-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 255 38979B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 40648-001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 256 S43271-001 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 256 S43271-002 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 256 S43271-003 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 256 S43375-001 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 1 1 64HWC303SA-1A First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC303SA-1(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-39 HWC3-S-1 REVISED 4-26-99 (cont.) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 A 262 39008C001 COMPRESSOR-RK147ET-002-A4 A 262 42811-005 COMPRESSOR-ZR24KC-PFV-130 A 262 42811-006 COMPRESSOR-ZR28KC-PFV-130 A 267 41254-001 MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE + A 267 41282-001 MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE + A 268 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 1 1 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A 1 1 1 1 271 38514D002 CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 276 42725-001 PLUG-COMPRESSOR + A 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A 1 1 1 1 280 07489B007 RELAY-CONDENSER FAN MOTOR + A 1 1 1 291 36327B007 SWITCH-CONDENSER FAN + A 1 1 301 39059B001 FILTER-DRIER + A 1 1 301 39059B002 FILTER-DRIER + A 301 39059B003 FILTER-DRIER + A 1 1 1 1 1 64HWC303SA-1(*) COMPRESSOR-AW501ET-089-A4 51HWC303SA-1(*) 1 262 35125C009 64HWC243SA-1(*) 1 PART DESCRIPTION 51HWC243SA-1(*) 64HWC183SA-1(*) 1 REF PART # 38HWC243SA-1(*) 51HWC183SA-1(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 38HWC183SA-1(*) 64HWC303SA-1(*) 38HWC123SA-1(*) First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 26HWC123SA-1(*) 64HWC303SA-1A SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-40 HWC3-H-1 REVISED 4-26-99 REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC123HA-1(*) 38HWC123HA-1(*) 38HWC183HA-1(*) 51HWC183HA-1(*) 64HWC183HA-1(*) 38HWC243HA-1(*) 51HWC243HA-1(*) 64HWC243HA-1(*) 51HWC303HA-1(*) 64HWC303HA-1(*) TO SELECT PART # 1 39370B001 TRANSFORMER + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 44987-001 VALVE-GAS HONEYWELL + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 42074-001 MANIFOLD A 1 11 42074-002 MANIFOLD A 1 1 11 42074-003 MANIFOLD A 11 42074-004 MANIFOLD A 1 1 1 13 39030B004 ORIFICE #53 NATURAL GAS A 6 6 6 13 39030B005 ORIFICE #54 NATURAL GAS A 13 39030B011 ORIFICE #55 NATURAL GAS A 3 20 44992-001 ELECTRODE + A 21 44993-001 WIRE-ELECTRODE + 24 44990-001 CONTROL-IGNITION/BLOWER + 34 41948-001 38 Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 64HWC303HA-1A First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC303HA-1(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 1 1 4 4 5 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 A 1 1 BURNER A 3 38999D009 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 1 38 38999D010 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D011 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 38 38999D012 ASSEMBLY-HEAT EXCHANGER A 40 S38841B001 TURBULATOR 46 38977B001 GASKET-FLUE COVER 47 38978B001 52 1 1 4 5 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 4 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GASKET-FLUE COL. END + A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 40154B007 CONTROL-LIMIT + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B004 SWITCH-ROLLOUT RED + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 55 37520B005 SWITCH-ROLLOUTGREEN + A 1 57 44819-010 SWITCH-PRESSURE RED A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 63 41144-001 BLOWER-INDUCED DRAFT A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 A Service Reference Manual PARTS LISTS 8-41 HWC3-H-1 REVISED 4-26-99 (cont.) REF PART # PART DESCRIPTION REC STOCKING PART SERVICE LEVEL = * 26HWC123HA-1(*) 38HWC123HA-1(*) TO SELECT PART # 69 39045B001 MOTOR 1/6 HP, 1 PHASE + A 1 1 69 39046B001 MOTOR 1/3 HP, 1 PHASE + A 71 07407B000 BAND-MOTOR MOUNTING A 1 72 07408B004 ARM-MOTOR MOUNTING A 73 34833B001 WHEEL-BLOWER 74 S39010B001 ASSEMBLY-BLOWER HOUSING 86 34001D001 CAPACITOR-4 MFD@370 VAC 86 34001D004 38HWC183HA-1(*) 51HWC183HA-1(*) 64HWC183HA-1(*) 38HWC243HA-1(*) 51HWC243HA-1(*) 64HWC243HA-1(*) 51HWC303HA-1(*) 64HWC303HA-1(*) Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + A 1 1 CAPACITOR-7.5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 02764B000 BOARD-TERMINAL + A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 124 45001-001 ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS UPPER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 125 45002-001 ASSEMBLY-WIRE HARNESS LOWER A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 127 06131B046 FILTER 16.5" X 25" X .50" A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 130 45004-001 LABEL-WIRING DIAGRAM A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 38982B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 38983B001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 1 250 40649-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 1 1 250 41114-001 COIL-OUTDOOR A 255 38979B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 38980B001 COIL-INDOOR A 255 40648-001 COIL-INDOOR A 1 1 256 S43271-001 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 256 S43271-002 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 256 S43271-003 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 256 S43375-001 ASSY-CAP. TUBE W/FILTER-DRIER A 1 1 64HWC303HA-1A First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 64HWC303HA-1(*) SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PARTS LISTS MAGIC-PAK: HW/HWC 8-42 HWC3-H-1 REVISED 4-26-99 (cont.) COMPRESSOR-RK147ET-002-A4 A 262 42811-005 COMPRESSOR-ZR24KC-PFV-130 A 262 42811-006 COMPRESSOR-ZR28KC-PFV-130 A 267 41254-001 MOTOR 1/4 HP, 1 PHASE + A 267 41282-001 MOTOR 1/8 HP, 1 PHASE + A 268 39062B001 BLADE-FAN A 268 39085B001 BLADE-FAN A 1 1 1 1 1 269 03982D004 BRACKET-MOTOR SUPPORT A 1 1 1 1 271 38514D002 CAPACITOR-25/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 271 38514D004 CAPACITOR-35/5 MFD@370 VAC + A 1 1 276 42725-001 PLUG-COMPRESSOR + A 278 07535C001 CONTACTOR + A 1 1 301 39059B001 FILTER-DRIER + A 1 1 301 39059B002 FILTER-DRIER + A 301 39059B003 FILTER-DRIER + A 1 1 1 1 1 64HWC303HA-1(*) 262 39008C001 51HWC303HA-1(*) 1 A 64HWC243HA-1(*) 1 COMPRESSOR-AW501ET-089-A4 51HWC243HA-1(*) 1 262 35125C009 38HWC243HA-1(*) PART DESCRIPTION 64HWC183HA-1(*) REF PART # 51HWC183HA-1(*) Then match Service Level for desired part. ---------------- > 38HWC183HA-1(*) 64HWC303HA-1(*) 38HWC123HA-1(*) First find Model #. ------------------------------------------------ > 26HWC123HA-1(*) 64HWC303HA-1A SERVICE LEVEL = * Last letter of the Model # is the Service Level. REC STOCKING PART TO SELECT PART # 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING 9-1 Section 9 - Troubleshooting/ Performance/ Charge Weights Troubleshooting ................................... 9-2 Compressor Checkout ................................ 9-2 Capacitor Checkout .................................... 9-6 Performance ........................................ 9-9 Performance Tests (Installed) ...................... 9-9 Performance Tests (Bench Tested) ............. 9-11 SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Charge Weights ................................. 9-11 TROUBLESHOOTING Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 9-2 Troubleshooting Compressor Checkout The objective of this section is to help in diagnosing compressor problems. It presents a series of tests that should be conducting before a determination on the condition of the compressor is made. This section has been organized so that the simplest checks are done first, followed by the more detailed tests (if necessary). WARNING Use extreme caution when performing maintenance or troubleshooting operations. Electrical shock could cause personal injury or death. Initial Testing If a compressor failure is suspected, several simple checks should be done initially to make sure that the right course of action is being taken. The following is a list of items and points that should be looked at before a determination is made of the condition of the compressor. • Is the correct voltage available at the unit? Using a volt/ohm meter, check the voltage and compare with the voltage specified by the manufacturer (found on the data plate on the unit). Many compressors are replaced only to find later that there was either no power or incorrect power available to the unit. • Is the contactor closing? Check to make sure that there is 24 volts at the coil side of the contactor. Check to make sure the points in the contactor are in good condition. Are they pitted or corroded to the point where they no longer conduct electricity? • Is the capacitor in good condition? Does it have the correct rating for the application? Using a meter, determine if it still has the correct capacitance. • The last of these initial tests to do is a touch test. This should be done very carefully as the compressor can become very hot in certain situations. This information may be helpful if further tests are needed to determine the condition of the compressor. Further Testing Use extreme caution when conducting the following tests. The power must be turned off before continuing with the testing. Checking Continuity SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 1. Remove wires from the fusite plug in the compressor, recording the location of each wire as it is removed. If a wire is misplaced when the test is complete, serious damage could be done to the compressor. Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING 9-3 2. Set an ohm meter to the lowest possible setting. On a note pad, write the following: “C to ground”, “S to ground” and “R to ground.” 3. Using the ohm meter, check for continuity between C terminal on the fusite plug and the case of the compressor (a spot may have to be cleaned on the compressor to get a good reading.) Record what was observed on the note pad next to the heading “C to ground”. Do the same to the other two terminals and record the findings in the proper places. 4. If any sign of continuity between any of the terminals and ground was observed, recheck the terminal to confirm that the readings were correct. Any indication of continuity between any of the terminals and ground would point to an internal winding being shorted to the compressor case. This suggests that the compressor has an internal failure and it would need to be replaced. 5. If no continuity is noted between any of the terminals and ground, the compressor must be checked out further. Checking Windings The following test is used to check the condition of the internal start and run windings. 1. Write the following down: “C to S”, “C to R” and “S to R.” 2. Using the volt/ohmmeter, measure the resistance between terminals C and S. Record the findings on the note pad in the correct place. Measure and record the resistance between the remaining terminals in the same manner. The following examples show how this information can be used to determine if there is an internal failure. Example #1 C to S (Common through Start Windings) 3.5 ohms C to R (Common through Run Windings) 1.5 ohms S to R (Start Windings through Common and Run Windings) 5.0 ohms A resistance measurement between C to S shows that there is continuity between the common and start terminals. The reading between terminals C and R proves that there is continuity between the terminals through the windings. The resistance recorded between S and R is actually a reading of the entire circuit within the motor (S through C to R). A determination of the condition of the motor windings can be made with the information just collected. The following steps show how this is done. 1. Add the readings from “C to S” and “C to R.” SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 C to S (3.5 ohms) + C to R (1.5 ohms) = 5 ohms TROUBLESHOOTING Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 9-4 When the resistance of “C to S” is added to the resistance of “C to R”, the combination is the total resistance of the entire motor windings circuit. 2. Compare the total to the reading taken between “S to R.” If the windings are in good condition, the sum of “C to S” and “C to R” should be the same as the reading between “S to R” (S through C to R). (In this example, they are equal.) If the numbers are the same, this suggests that the windings are intact and that there are no internal shorts between the start and run windings. Example #2 In the following example, the measurements taken provide different results from the earlier example. These results would indicate that there is a problem with the compressor. C to S (Common through Start Windings) 3.5 ohms C to R (Common through Run Windings) 1.5 ohms S to R (Start Windings through Common and Run Windings) 4.3 ohms Using the procedure followed in Example #1: C to S (3.5 ohms) + C to R (1.5 ohms) = 5 ohms In this example, the actual reading of “S to R” is 4.3 ohms. In comparing the readings taken, the resistance measured between “S to R” (the resistance of the entire motor windings circuit) is not equal to the sum of “C to S” and “C to R.” A short between the windings of the start and run coils would reduce the length of the wire being measured and would result in less resistance between the two points. Instead of measuring the resistance from “S to C to R”, the resistance is actually being measured through an internal short in the windings to the R terminal, bypassing the C terminal. This results in a lower resistance reading and indicates that the compressor has failed and the windings are shorted. Checking the Thermal Overload Device If during the time that resistance was being checked in the previous test infinity was ever registered (meter indicated no continuity), the assumption could be made that there is an open winding (or a break in the wires of the winding). This may indicate that the windings had burned out and that the compressor had failed. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 In the motor windings there is a thermal overload device. This device is designed to open if the internal temperature of the windings exceed a preset limit. Since the resistance reading of a winding where the thermal overload device has opened would show no resistance, the assumption would most likely be made that the winding was burned out. This is where the temperature of the compressor as noted in the touch test becomes very important. If at the time of the touch test the compressor was found to be very hot, then there is a good chance that the thermal Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING 9-5 overload protector has opened. Before the compressor can be condemned as having a burned out start or run winding, it must be determined that the overload switch is in fact closed. It may take several hours for the compressor to cool down enough to guarantee that the switch has closed. After enough time has elapsed for the switch to close, the resistance between each of the terminals should be measured. It may be found that with the overload switch closed, the compressor checks out electrically sound. If this is the case, then other possibilities have to be looked at as to what caused the compressor to overheat.* There are several reasons why a compressor would overheat. • If the capacitor was incorrect or failing, the amp draw (current flow) would be increased. This could cause the motor to heat up very rapidly, activating the thermal overload protection device. This would interrupt power and protect the motor windings from damage. • A loss of charge could also cause the operating temperature of the compressor to rise and open the thermal overload switch. • Restricted airflow through the coil could also cause the operating temperature of the unit to rise. It is important to perform these checks before making a decision as to the condition of the compressor. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 * An open thermal overload device in a motor does not mean that the motor was damaged or harmed in any way. TROUBLESHOOTING Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 9-6 Capacitor Checkout Before starting the checkout of the capacitor, it is important to understand what a capacitor is, how it works and what its function is in relation to a motor. A capacitor is a storage device similar to a battery, only unlike a battery a capacitor wants to give up its energy all at once. This ability to store and release energy is used to make motors run more efficiently, with more power in a smaller size and to start easier. There are many types of capacitors but they all serve one common purpose, to store electrons. Capacitance refers to the capacitor’s ability to store electrons. Different size capacitors hold different amounts of charge. Capacitance is measured in farads. A 1-farad capacitor connected to a 1-volt power supply will store 6,280,000,000,000,000,000, or (6.28 x 10 to the 18th power) electrons. Most capacitors store a much smaller quantity of electrons. Smaller capacitors have different terms to indicate the quantity of electrons that they can store. A picofarad is one trillionth of a farad; a microfarad is one millionth of a farad. The microfarad is the term most often used in the HVAC business, this is marked on a capacitor as “MFD”. The capacitor that is most often used in the HVAC business is known as an electrolytic capacitor. The electrolytic capacitor is unique in that a thin layer of oxide is formed on the aluminum sheets used to make up its internal parts. The electrons that are supplied to the capacitor are stored in this layer of oxide. But by doing this, nature is being forced to do something that it doesn’t want to do. Nature likes to be in equilibrium. The fact that nature prefers to return to a steady state is the idea behind the use of capacitors. By storing a fixed amount of energy in the capacitor, it provides the reserve of extra power needed to start and run a motor. Without this energy source, motors would have to be much bigger and more complex. WARNING A capacitor can store a charge for a considerable length of time after the power has been turned off. This charge can be very dangerous. An electrolytic capacitor charged with only 10 or 15 volts can melt the tip of the end of a screwdriver when placed across the terminals. A high voltage capacitor can store a charge that could be lethal. Never touch the terminals of a capacitor without first discharging it. Capacitor Testing Capacitors are an integral part of the system and must be checked along with the motor when a problem occurs. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Check to make sure that the capacitor is correctly rated for the application. Confirm that the right capacitor is being used for the application. Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING 9-7 The following information is found on a capacitor: the MFD (microfarad rating) and the working voltage. Compare this to the rating plate on the motor or the information provided with the unit. The following are some of the problems that could be caused by a defective or incorrect capacitor: • Motor overheating (internal thermal overload tripped) • Motor refuses to start • Intermittent problems with blown fuses or breaker tripped • High electrical consumption • Motor rotates in the wrong direction • Contactor overheating or melted contacts • Motor vibration Any one of the above faults could be attributed to the capacitor. Therefore, the capacitor must be checked out before a determination is made of the problem. In the past, the old method of swinging the meter needle to tell if the capacitor was good or not could be used. When the terminal of the capacitor was touched with the meter probes, the meter needle would swing over than back to zero. If it didn’t, it could be assumed that the capacitor had failed. There are many problems with this technique. Swinging the meter needle only proves that the capacitor will take a charge, but not how much of a charge. In some cases, when a capacitor starts to break down it still will take a charge (but the number of electrons that it can hold is greatly reduced). The capacitor must take the correct charge as originally designed so that the motor will work as it should. A much more accurate method must be used to determine the condition of the capacitor before the decision on its condition can be made. The best method is to use a meter that is capable of reading capacitance. This gives a very accurate indication of the condition of the capacitor. If a meter that is able to do this is not available, then another way to determine the condition of the capacitor must be found. In order to do this, several things will be needed: a volt ohm meter, an amp meter and a calculator. A set of test leads will also need to prepared to do this test. Make the test leads with a loop (10 loops) in one of the leads. The ten loops in the lead will cause the amp meter reading to be multiplied by “ten”. This will make it much easier to read very low amp meter readings and will be helpful when doing the following test. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Connect the alligator clips of the test leads to the terminals on the capacitor. Hook the amp meter through the 10 loops of wire on the test lead (see Figure 9-1 on page 9-8). TROUBLESHOOTING Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 9-8 Ammeter (10 Loops) A Fuse Nominal Voltage Source FIGURE 9-1 Voltmeter V Capacitor To Be Tested Determining Capacitance (MFD) Rating with a Test Cord Before starting the test, take a reading of the line voltage at the outlet that will be used. Double check the connections, making sure that the amp meter is on. Plug the test leads into the wall outlet. Wait a few seconds and read the amp meter (CAUTION: there is only approximately ten seconds to do this or the capacitor could be damaged). Unplug the jumper and record the readings. Using the calculator, divide the amp meter reading by ten (the number of loops in one of the test leads). This is the correct amp reading which is needed to finish the calculations. This information and the voltage at the outlet is all that is needed to calculate the capacitance of the capacitor. 2650 x Amps Volts = Capacitance (MFD) In the following calculation, a constant multiplier (2650) is used for 60 Hz electrical systems.* 2650 x 1 Amp 115 Volts = 23 MFD Example This calculation provides the actual capacitance of the capacitor. Compare this reading to the listed rating on the capacitor. It should be within +/– 10% of the actual capacitor rating. If it does not fall within this range, the capacitor is defective and should be replaced. The capacitor should always be checked before replacing an electric motor. Eliminate the capacitor as a possible cause of the problems before the decision is made to replace the motor. A good practice is also to replace the capacitor whenever a motor is replaced, as the capacitor does have a service life cycle. The capacitor is a very important part of the motor electrical system. Always check the capacitor along with the motor when a fault is noted. SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 *For 50 Hz electrical systems, use 3180 as the constant multiplier. Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING 9-9 Performance Performance Checkout HW/HWC chassis come with a pre-charged chassis assembly. The chassis assembly is designed in a way that the unit may be run independently of the HWC unit. When the chassis is run on a floor or bench, the performance measurements will be affected due to the change in static pressures, recirculated air, excessive temperatures and equal ambient temperatures from indoor to outdoor. Two sets of tables are provided in this section to address these issues. Tables 9-1 to 9-4 are to be used when the chassis is still installed in the complete unit. Tables 9-5 and 9-6 are to be used when the chassis is run independently outside of the unit. Note: Pressures may vary +/– 10 psi. Temperatures may vary =/– 2-3°F. Performance Tests (Chassis Installed in Unit) TABLE 9-1 HWC122 Performance Test (Chassis Installed) Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil 95° 85° 105° 115° Total Enter. Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Air Vol. DB/WB Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. (CFM) 400 81 49 87 82 49 97 84 50 107 85 51 117 83 54 87 84 50 97 86 51 107 87 52 117 75°/63° 450 500 85 60 87 86 52 97 88 52 107 89 53 117 400 87 63 87 88 53 97 89 53 107 91 54 117 88 68 88 90 58 97 91 54 107 93 55 117 80°/67° 450 90 73 88 92 63 97 93 57 107 95 56 117 500 92 74 88 93 64 97 94 56 108 96 57 117 400 85°/71° 450 94 79 88 95 71 97 96 62 108 98 58 117 96 84 88 97 74 97 98 65 108 100 59 117 500 Based on a normally installed cooling chassis TABLE 9-2 HWC182 Performance Test (Chassis Installed) Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil 95° 85° 105° 115° Total Enter. Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Air Vol. DB/WB Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. (CFM) 75°/63° SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 80°/67° 85°/71° 550 600 650 550 600 650 550 600 650 80 82 84 86 87 99 91 93 95 49 54 59 62 67 72 73 78 83 96 96 96 98 98 98 99 99 99 Based on a normally installed cooling chassis 81 83 85 88 89 91 93 95 97 48 50 52 53 58 62 64 70 74 106 106 106 106 107 107 107 108 108 84 86 88 90 91 93 95 97 99 50 51 52 54 54 57 56 63 66 114 114 114 115 116 116 116 117 117 86 88 90 92 94 95 97 99 101 51 52 54 55 56 56 58 59 60 123 123 124 124 125 125 125 126 126 TROUBLESHOOTING Magic-Pak: HW/HWC 9-10 Performance Tests (Chassis Installed in Unit) - cont. TABLE 9-3 HWC242 Performance Test (Chassis Installed) Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil 95° 85° 105° 115° Total Enter. Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Air Vol. DB/WB Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. (CFM) 700 77 47 98 78 46 108 79 47 117 80 48 128 79 52 98 80 47 108 81 48 117 82 49 128 75°/63° 800 900 81 57 99 82 50 109 83 49 118 84 50 128 700 82 60 99 83 51 109 85 50 118 86 51 128 84 65 100 85 56 109 87 52 119 88 52 129 80°/67° 800 86 70 100 87 60 110 89 55 119 90 53 129 900 87 71 100 88 61 110 89 53 119 90 54 129 700 85°/71° 800 89 76 101 90 68 110 91 59 120 92 55 130 91 81 101 92 71 110 93 62 120 94 56 130 900 Based on a normally installed cooling chassis TABLE 9-4 HWC302 Performance Test (Chassis Installed) Outdoor Air Temperature Entering Outdoor Coil 85° 95° 105° 115° Total Enter. Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Suction Suction Liquid Air Vol. DB/WB Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. Pressure Temp. Temp. (CFM) 775 76 46 100 77 46 110 78 46 120 79 47 129 78 51 100 79 47 110 80 48 120 81 48 129 75°/63° 850 925 80 57 100 81 49 111 82 49 120 83 50 130 775 82 60 102 84 51 111 85 51 121 87 52 131 84 65 102 85 56 112 87 52 121 88 53 131 80°/67° 850 85 70 102 87 60 112 88 54 121 89 53 131 925 89 72 103 90 63 112 92 55 122 93 55 132 775 85°/71° 850 91 77 104 92 69 113 94 61 123 95 57 133 93 82 104 94 72 113 96 64 123 97 58 133 925 Based on a normally installed cooling chassis SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 Service Reference Manual TROUBLESHOOTING 9-11 Performance Tests (Chassis Bench Tested) TABLE 9-5 70 - 80° Ambient Temperature Chassis Bench Test Chassis Model Ambient Temp. DB/WB Disch. Pressure Disch. Temp. Liquid Pressure Liquid Temp. Suction Pressure Suction Temp. Total Amps Comp. SH Subcooling 122, 123 75°/63° 175 psi 120° 170 psi 78° 78 psi 53° 5.0 7 13 182, 183 75°/63° 200 psi 107° 190 psi 80° 82 psi 54° 8.3 5 18 242, 243 75°/63° 205 psi 99° 200 psi 81° 71 psi 50° 10.7 8 21 302, 303 75°/63° 205 psi 153° 200 psi 84° 70 psi 62° 13.5 21 18 TABLE 9-6 95° Ambient Temperature Chassis Bench Test Chassis Model Ambient Temp. DB/WB Disch. Pressure Disch. Temp. Liquid Pressure Liquid Temp. Suction Pressure Suction Temp. Total Amps Comp. SH Subcooling 122, 123 95°/79° 270 psi 154° 270 psi 99° 110 psi 83° 6.0 18 25 182, 183 95°/79° 310 psi 141° 305 psi 106° 110 psi 68° 10.2 3 25 242, 243 95°/79° 325 psi 153° 310 psi 114° 101 psi 69° 14.2 9 19 302, 303 95°/79° 305 psi 177° 300 psi 105° 88 psi 86° 16.4 32 25 Charge Weights SRM-HW/HWC 8/99 TABLE 9-7 HWC Refrigerant Charge Weights Model Refrigerant Charge HWC122/123 42 oz. HWC182/183 56 oz. HWC242/243 58 oz. HWC302/303 59 oz.
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : No Create Date : 1999:08:20 12:18:15Z Subject : HWC TOC Modify Date : 2002:08:22 14:07:03-04:00 Page Count : 196 Creation Date : 1999:08:20 12:18:15Z Producer : Acrobat Distiller 3.02 Keywords : Author : mes3 Mod Date : 2002:08:22 14:07:03-04:00 Metadata Date : 2002:08:22 14:07:03-04:00 Description : HWC TOC Creator : mes3 Title : HWC TOC Has XFA : No Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Layout : SinglePageEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools